6-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 6-K

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 under the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the month of August, 2024

Commission File Number 001-14928

SANTANDER UK PLC

(Translation of registrant's name into English)

2 Triton Square,

Regent's Place,

London NW1 3AN, England

(Address of principal executive office)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F . . . .X. . . . Form 40-F . . . . . . . .

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY INCORPORATES ALL PARTS OF THIS REPORT ON FORM 6-K BY REFERENCE INTO REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO.

333-265891 FILED BY THE REGISTRANT WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FORM F-3ASR UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT

OF 1933.

This Report on Form 6-K contains references to websites of the registrant and its affiliates. The registrant is not incorporating by reference any information posted

on such websites.

Santander UK plc

Half Yearly Financial Report 2024

Important information for readers

Santander UK plc and its subsidiaries (collectively called Santander UK or the Santander UK group) operate primarily in the UK and are part of Banco Santander

(comprising Banco Santander SA and its subsidiaries). Santander UK plc is regulated by the UK Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial

Conduct Authority (FCA) and certain other companies within the Santander UK group are regulated by the FCA.

This Half Yearly Financial Report contains forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those

contained in such forward-looking statements. See ‘Forward-looking statements’ in the Shareholder information section.

None of the websites referred to in this Half Yearly Financial Report on Form 6-K for the six months ended 30 June 2024 (the Form 6-K), including where a link is

provided, nor any of the information contained on such websites, is incorporated by reference into the Form 6-K.

Santander UK plc
Half Yearly Financial Report 2024
	Contents
	CEO review	2
	Financial overview	3
	Risk review	7
	Financial statements	41
	Shareholder information	63

Santander UK plc1

CEO review

Mike Regnier, Chief Executive Officer, commented

"We remain focused on supporting our customers and delivering products and services that help them make the most of their money.  Our expanded digital offer

- including OneApp, our new mobile banking app which has new functionality for an improved customer experience - is making it easier to use our services.

We're also offering competitive savings rates and improved access to mortgage financing.

We've seen an increase in customers choosing our products with more businesses using Banco Santander's global network to trade abroad and continued

success with our Edge current account. We will continue to leverage the scale and expertise of Banco Santander to ensure we're offering customers innovative

and sustainable products. Looking ahead, we remain well positioned to support our retail and business customers as they benefit from the fall in inflation and

improving economic picture.

Our first half financial results were in line with our expectations, with a more positive trajectory reflecting improvements in the second quarter. Our continued

prudent approach to risk and balance sheet management means we remain well capitalised with a CET1 capital ratio of 15.4% after dividends and we expect the

impact of our pricing actions and the increasing yield from the structural hedge to provide tailwinds in H224."

H124 Financial and Business highlights

We continued to help and support our customers

–Delivered our new mobile banking app to six million UK customers, following introduction across Spain, Portugal and Poland.

–Working towards completion of Consumer Duty Phase 2 by 31 July 2024, to ensure continued delivery of good customer outcomes.

–Grew our CCB business with 320 new clients, providing connections to our global network to support their UK and overseas growth.

Half yearly profit before tax of £813m (H123: £1,122m)

–Net interest income down 11%, largely due to higher customer deposit costs.

–Operating expenses up 5%, following further investment in efficiency and customer experience and two years of high inflation.

–Credit impairment charges down 42%, given the improved economic outlook.

–Stage 3 ratio of 1.59%, up 8bps from 2023, due to a smaller mortgage book and additional single name cases in CCB.

Customer loans and deposits reduced following further disciplined pricing actions

–While H124 mortgage loans reduced by £4.3bn, we saw improved new business margins and gross lending in the second quarter.

–Customer deposits reduced by £6.2bn in H124, following savings outflows due to repricing actions taken in Q224.

Strong liquidity, capital and funding

–RFB DolSub LCR of 140% reducing following TFSME repayments (2023: 157%) with liquidity pool of £45.7bn (2023: £48.3bn).

–In June 2024 we paid £554bn in interim dividends.

–CET1 capital ratio of 15.4% (2023: 15.4%), well above minimum requirements.

–Stable and diversified wholesale funding programmes.

Looking ahead

–We intend to continue to prioritise profitability, capital generation and our core banking franchise in 2024, through planned balance sheet optimisation, resulting

in lower mortgage lending and customer deposits.

–Pricing actions taken and increasing yield from the structural hedge positively impacted our net interest margin towards the end of Q224, providing a tailwind

into H224.

Mike Regnier

Chief Executive Officer

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc2

Financial overview

Angel Santodomingo, Chief Financial Officer, commented

"These results reflect the hard work of all our people and the actions we have taken to improve our margins and reduce expenses, which started to gain

momentum in the second quarter. Our prudent approach to risk and balance sheet management means we remain strongly capitalised and are well positioned to

benefit from tailwinds in the second half of the year."

Income statement review

SUMMARISED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Net interest income	2,104	2,361
Non-interest income(1)	191	233
Total operating income	2,295	2,594
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(1,279)	(1,219)
Credit impairment charges	(61)	(105)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(142)	(148)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(203)	(253)
Profit before tax	813	1,122
Tax on profit	(213)	(308)
Profit after tax	600	814
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent	600	814
Profit after tax	600	814

(1)Comprises ‘Net fee and commission income’ and ‘Other operating income’.

A more detailed Consolidated Income Statement is contained in the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

H124 compared to H123

Profit before tax down 28%.

–Net interest income down 11%, largely due to higher customer deposit costs.

–Non-interest income down 18%, primarily due to lower operating lease income in Consumer Finance.

–Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges up 5% following two years of high inflation and further investment in efficiency

and customer experience.

–Credit impairment charges down 42%, given the improved economic outlook with lower unemployment and higher house prices now expected.

–Tax on profit decreased 31%, reflecting the reduction in profit.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc3

Balance sheet review

CUSTOMER BALANCES

This section analyses customer loans and customer deposits at a consolidated level and by business segment. The customer balances below exclude Joint

ventures and Other items, mainly accrued interest that we have not yet charged to the customer's account and cash collateral. A reconciliation between the

customer balances below and the total assets as presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet is set out in the Risk review.

Consolidated

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£bn	£bn
Customer loans	198.3	203.1
Other assets(1)	65.9	72.3
Total assets	264.2	275.4
Customer deposits	181.2	187.4
Total wholesale funding	52.7	55.6
Other liabilities	16.1	17.8
Total liabilities	250.0	260.8
Shareholders' equity(2)	14.1	14.6
Total liabilities and equity	264.2	275.4

(1)At 30 June 2024, included £13m (2023: £13m) of property assets classified as held for sale.

(2)Decrease in shareholders’ equity largely a result of rising SONIA rates on cash flow hedging, reducing the fair value of derivatives relating to the structural hedge.

For more analysis of credit risk on customer loans, see the Credit risk section of the Risk review.

Customer deposits by segment

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£bn	£bn
Retail & Business Banking	151.0	158.3
- Current accounts	62.8	65.0
- Savings accounts	73.2	77.5
- Business banking accounts	9.7	10.6
- Other retail products	5.3	5.2
Corporate & Commercial Banking	25.4	24.1
Corporate Centre	4.8	5.0
Total	181.2	187.4

For an analysis of customer loans by segment, see the 'Credit Performance' table in the Credit risk section of the Risk review.

Summary segmental results

SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS

For the half year to

	Customer loans(1)	Customer deposits	RWA	Profit/(loss) before tax
30 June 2024	£bn	£bn	£bn	£m
Retail & Business Banking	175.3	151.0		600
Consumer Finance	4.9	—		57
Corporate & Commercial Banking	18.1	25.4		224
Corporate Centre	—	4.8		(68)
Total	198.3	181.2	67.1	813
30 June 2023	£bn	£bn	£bn	£m
Retail & Business Banking	183.3	155.7		880
Consumer Finance	5.3	—		89
Corporate & Commercial Banking	18.4	23.5		270
Corporate Centre	—	4.7		(117)
Total	207.0	183.9	70.7	1,122

(1)CCB customer loans included £4.9bn of CRE loans (31 December 2023: £4.6bn).

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc4

Retail & Business Banking

–Profitability decreased with higher costs of deposits seen across the market. Pricing actions on deposits started to impact margins in the second quarter and

will provide a tailwind in H224.

Consumer Finance

–Lower lending than H123, as a decision was made to focus on value and capital generation.

Corporate and Commercial Banking

–Profitability decreased in line with the factors described above that led to the decrease in profit before tax on a consolidated basis. Growth from high value new

to bank clients and balance sheet management. Focus on clients' international needs, connecting 1,500 companies to our global network to support their

international growth in 2024.

Principal risks and uncertainties

A description of our principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the financial year is set out in the Risk governance section of the Risk review,

mainly in Top risks and Emerging risks as well as a discussion of how the relevant risks and uncertainties have changed since our 2023 Annual Report was

published.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc5

This page left intentionally blank.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc6

Risk review
	Contents
	Risk governance	8
	Credit risk	9
	Santander UK group level	16
	Retail & Business Banking	23
	Consumer Finance	27
	Corporate & Commercial Banking	28
	Corporate Centre	29
	Liquidity risk	30
	Capital risk	33
	Market risk	34
	Pension risk	35
	Strategic and business risk	36
	Reputational risk	36
	Non Financial Risks:
	Operational risk	37
	Financial crime risk	39
	Model risk	39
	Conduct and regulatory risk	40

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc7

Risk governance

INTRODUCTION

As a financial services provider, managing risk is a core part of our day-to-day activities. To be able to manage our business effectively, it is critical that we

understand and control risk in everything we do. We aim to use a prudent approach, underpinned by advanced risk management techniques to help us deliver

robust financial performance, withstand stresses, and build sustainable value for our stakeholders. We aim to keep a predictable medium-low risk profile,

consistent with our business model. This is key to achieving our strategic objectives.

RISK FRAMEWORK

How we define risk

Key risk types

Our key risk types help us define the risks to which we are exposed. For definitions of our key risk types, see ‘How we define risk’ in the 2023 Annual Report.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, our key risk types remained as described in the 2023 Annual report, except for that Operational risk and resilience is now referred to as Operational risk.

Top and emerging risks

Several of our risk types also have top and/or emerging risks associated with them. For more, see 'Top and emerging risks' in the 2023 Annual Report.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, there were no significant changes in our risk governance and our top and emerging risks, as described in the 2023 Annual Report, except as follows:

Top risks

In H124, our focus shifted away from Inflationary and Supply Chain pressures to Margin Compression risk. UK headline inflation reduced towards the 2% UK

government target and markets indicated a peak in the bank rate. Our Asset & Liability Committee approved and implemented a strategy to manage and mitigate

the risks of margin compression. We also introduced Resiliency, Payments Transformation and Artificial Intelligence (AI) / Machine Learning risks as new specific

top risks, although these were already monitored within the existing risk types and through our Emerging Risks assessment. We removed People risk as a top

risk, though this continues to be monitored as part of our strategic transformation programme.

Other Top risk profile movements

We continued maturing our Financial Crime (FC) oversight capabilities and our Centre of Excellence operations to further integrate FC risk management across

the business. We continued to review our operations and processes to maintain an appropriate response to the fluidity and complexity of global sanctions

regimes and deploying supplemental technology in our screening processes. Enhancements in fraud prevention, delivered by our Fraud Transformation

Programme, led to a reduction in fraud losses in H124 compared to the same period in 2023. Our planning is progressing well to meet the Payment Systems

Regulator (PSR) new mandatory reimbursement requirement implementation date of 7 October 2024.

We continued to focus on Conduct and Regulatory risk matters, with significant regulatory engagement across a number of areas. These include FC, Technology,

Regulatory models, Outsourcing and Third-Party Risk Management, Data Privacy, and Operational Resiliency. We maintained our focus and attention on the

Consumer Duty, with a significant number of enhancements realised for on-sale and off-sale products and services across business and support areas, aligned

to the requirements of the Duty. Additionally, we enhanced and implemented processes and tools to evolve our monitoring and delivery of good customer

outcomes.

Technology remains at the centre of our non financial risk activities, and we continued to progress our bank-wide programme to address key risks in our IT

estate, including platform obsolescence. The programme continues to deliver risk reduction, with improvements being monitored closely through our risk

governance framework. There was elevated media coverage relating to a Banco Santander Group cybersecurity incident, including access of certain information.

Updates on root cause analysis are being finalised with the PRA and FCA. The incident did not have a material effect on Santander UK. The cybersecurity threat

remains elevated given heightened geopolitical tensions, with additional risks presented by advances in technology (including AI).

Risks associated with our strategic transformation plans include execution risks, funding prioritisation, and risks from ongoing cost reduction and efficiency

focused initiatives. We have robust governance oversight and continuous change portfolio reviews to ensure appropriate strategic and risk-based prioritisation

whilst ensuring that we have the capacity and sequencing in place to deliver.

In H124 we introduced three new specific top risks. Resiliency risk reflects the importance of complying with operational resiliency requirements by the regulatory

deadline of March 2025. Payment Transformation risk addresses the rapidly-evolving payments industry landscape with new regulatory requirements and

scheme changes and adoption of new technology and standards. Thirdly, AI / Machine Learning risk considers our preparedness to safely manage and respond

to AI developments given the pace and scale of change anticipated in this space.

Emerging risks

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risks remain in our top areas of focus with the potential to reignite inflationary pressures and impact the UK economy and the

financial services industry. Geopolitical tensions could also escalate further and increase operational resilience risks via cybersecurity attacks. We continued to

enhance our threat prevention controls and test our business area recovery plans against a range of scenarios. In the UK, political risks to the banking sector are

in focus, driven by potential risks from changes in government policy following the 2024 General Election, which could impact our business plans. We monitor the

political landscape closely, and our Public Affairs team gives specialist insights and analysis which we use to assess potential impacts to Santander UK.

Other Emerging risk profile movements

Complex regulatory agenda and fast technological change remain our other top ranked emerging risks. In H124 the Bank of England and HM Treasury published

their response to the Digital Pound consultation. We monitor progress related to this initiative via our Regulatory Liaison team and will review the potential

impacts on us and the wider industry, such as risks of loss of customer deposits and higher wholesale funding costs.

Our risk culture programme

In H124, we enhanced our approach to how we think about risk by formally introducing Risk Pro. Risk Pro is how we think and behave when it comes to risk, and

builds on the focus on processes and risk management of I AM Risk. Risk Pro will help build our risk-related skills and capabilities, so everyone has the bravery

and belief in their ability to do the right thing, using our TEAMS behaviours as described in the 2023 Annual Report. Risk Pro also aligns our approach more

closely with the wider Banco Santander group. To help develop a Risk Pro mindset, we re-designed our risk mandatory training to focus on the risk mindset and

behaviours.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc8

Credit risk

Overview Credit risk is the risk of financial loss due to the default or credit quality deterioration of a customer or counterparty to which we provided credit, or for whom we assumed a financial obligation. Credit risk management In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage credit risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report except for the new impairment models for Retail Mortgages and CCB, and updates to our Significant Increase In Credit Risk (SICR) rules. These are explained below.  Credit risk review In this section, we analyse our key credit risk metrics. Key metrics Stage 3 ratio of 1.59% (2023: 1.51%). Loss allowances of £958m (2023: £992m). Balance weighted average LTV of 65% (2023: 66%) on new mortgage lending.

Introduction

We manage credit risk across all our business segments in line with the credit risk lifecycle. We tailor the way we manage risk across the lifecycle to the type of

customer. There have been no significant changes in the way we manage credit risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report except for:

–We implemented new impairment models for Retail Mortgages and CCB to embed long standing JAs into the model, update the model's calibration and refine

the methodology for Loss Given Default (LGD) and increase the speed of production.

–We also took the opportunity to update our Stage 2 SICR criteria to enhance and improve consistency across portfolios.

–The changes from SICR and model changes increased Stage 2 exposures by £0.7bn across all portfolios with only a modest impact on ECL of £30m. The

implementation of the second generation models for Retail mortgages and CCB resulted in a £23m release.

Recognising ECL

The ECL approach estimates the credit losses arising from defaults in the next 12 months on qualifying exposures, or defaults over the lifetime of the exposure

where there is evidence of a SICR since the origination date. The ECL approach takes into account forward-looking data, including a range of possible outcomes,

which should be unbiased and probability-weighted to reflect the risk of a loss being incurred even when it is unlikely.

Multiple economic scenarios and probability weights

For all our portfolios we use five forward-looking economic scenarios. At 30 June 2024, they consisted of a central base case, one upside scenario and three

downside scenarios. We use five scenarios to reflect a wide range of possible outcomes for the UK economy.

Our forecasting approach

In H124, there were no significant changes in our forecasting approach as described in the 2023 Annual Report.

Base case

We review the scenarios and associated weights every quarter to ensure they appropriately reflect the current economic circumstances, and UK Government

policy which is subject to change in this fluid environment.

In summary, the outlook for the UK economy in 2024 sees GDP recovering after two years of trivial growth, inflation remaining slightly above the 2% target and

bank rate falling further. Geopolitical events may create the potential for further inflationary episodes and with productivity growth expected to remain weak, this

will limit medium-term prospects. In addition, robust wage growth remains a key risk to inflation remaining at the 2% target. 

Base case key macroeconomic assumptions

–House price growth: The sharp rise in mortgage rates triggered a slowdown in house price growth in recent months, with survey indicators pointing to a

slump in buyer demand as confidence is hit by a squeeze on affordability. However, once the bank rate starts to fall in H224, this should result in a modest

recovery in house price growth. We forecast a 2.5% year-on-year rise in house prices by the end of 2024, with a further increase of 3% by the end of 2025.

In the medium term, annual property price increases are projected to remain broadly in line with average household disposable income growth of c.3-4%.

–GDP: GDP rebounded in Q124 ending the mild technical recession at the end of 2023. PMI data suggests that positive growth was maintained in Q224,

albeit at a weaker pace than Q124's 0.7% expansion. Zero growth in April and 0.4% expansion in May means that even if output flatlines in June, activity in

Q2 will be similar to Q1. With business and consumer confidence improving in response to lower inflation and interest rates, these factors are expected to

support a consumer-led recovery in GDP with growth averaging 1.3% per annum over the forecast period. The main headwind to economic growth is weak

productivity. The evolution of AI and other government policies may allow the UK’s services-orientated economy to exploit new technologies to improve

efficiency.

–Unemployment rate: Unemployment rose to 4.4% in the three months to May 2024, up from 4.2% in January 2024 and 3.9% at the end of 2023. Job

vacancies fell to 889k in the three months to June 2024, 151k lower than a year earlier but still 93k above pre-pandemic levels. With companies under

pressure from rising debt servicing costs and higher wages, it is likely that some will become insolvent, although we do not envisage a large rise in

unemployment. The jobless rate peaks at 4.4% by the end of 2024, in part impacted by the ongoing return of previously inactive workers to the labour force.  

–Bank Rate: The Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) cut the Bank rate by 0.25% to 5.00% at the August 2024 meeting. Our base case had assumed a

25bps cut in August 2024 followed by a further reduction in November 2024, taking the bank rate to 4.75% by the end of 2024. Four cuts are projected in

2025 to leave the bank rate at 3.75%, followed by another 75bps of loosening through the rest of the five-year forecast period taking the terminal rate to

3.00%.

–CRE price growth: CRE is assumed to have reached its trough in 2024 with growth rates improving for the rest of the five-year forecast period. However,

the bounce back in growth remains relatively muted as although the bank rate is cut, it is not to a level that would help create stronger growth. The issue of

fully utilised office space and the effect this has on price growth remains, due to the shift to working from home.

In the medium-term, the projections assume that current demographic and productivity trends will continue, limiting scope for an improvement in the UK’s growth

potential. For instance, it is likely that the reduction in the UK workforce continues and that this will have a knock-on impact for the economy, particularly if there

are shortages of skilled workers in particular sectors. This is reflected in an average annual growth expectation of 1.3%, below the OBR’s latest estimate of the

UK’s long run average growth rate. CPI inflation is forecast to remain above the 2% target rate for most of the initial five-year forecast period.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc9

Key changes to our base case in H124

Our base case has been updated to reflect stronger growth seen in H124. We now forecast two bank rate cuts rather than three later in 2024, this

contributes to a slower rise in house price growth.

For our base case, we expect the economy to recover gradually following the mild technical recession in H223. Headwinds include weak productivity

growth, an unstable geopolitical environment.

The key changes to our base case assumptions in H124 were: (i) the 2024 GDP growth forecast was revised up in response to stronger growth momentum

and the improvement in business and consumer confidence indicators; (ii) the strength of services inflation (linked to robust wage growth) means headline CPI

remains above the 2% target for most of the forecast period; (iii) a shallower bank rate profile, with cuts starting in H224; and (iv) house prices are 2.5% higher by

the end of 2024 with a further increase of 3% by the end of 2025.

Other scenarios

Based on this revised base case, we have reviewed our suite of scenarios to ensure that they capture the wide range of potential outcomes for the UK economy.

These include (i) reflecting persistent above target inflation over the forecast period; (ii) a slower recovery that is more akin to the ‘U’ shape of past recessions; (iii)

labour market frictions due to skills mismatches and a shrinking workforce as some discouraged workers leave altogether (for example older UK-born workers

retiring early and longer term sickness levels remaining above pre-pandemic levels); and (iv) the global economy recovering more swiftly from higher inflation. 

To reflect these potential outcomes, we decided to continue to use the base case and four additional scenarios, which we consider provides a range wide enough

to reflect all the above potential outcomes. With risks still skewed to the downside we concluded that only one upside scenario was needed to reflect the upside

risks to the base case.

The four other scenarios are:

One upside scenario

This scenario has a quicker recovery in growth than the Baseline and is a bull case to the base forecasts. It assumes that inflation falls slightly below target at the

start of the forecast period helped by lower wage growth, and rises back above 2% over the period. This allows the Bank of England to cut rates earlier, bringing

them back towards what might be considered the neutral rate, earlier than the base case. This results in higher consumer and business confidence enabling

higher levels of spending and investment, with savings rates returning to levels consistent with economic growth as real earnings growth returns. GDP remains

stronger than the base case, with house prices remaining relatively stable despite a modest increase in unemployment and inflation falling back to target and

remaining there over the forecast horizon.

Three downside scenarios

Downside 1 - This scenario is a bear case to the baseline. In this scenario, consumers opt to save more rather than spend, as consumer confidence remains

low, partly reflecting concerns about the unstable geopolitical environment. House prices fall as more households look to downsize to lower their mortgage

repayments in case of unemployment or a squeeze on incomes due to the higher tax burden. With inflation remaining above target, the bank rate remains in

restrictive territory as core inflation stays above the baseline view, before cuts start as inflation falls back.

Stubborn inflation - The scenario considers the effect on the UK economy of a persistent inflationary environment. Here inflation fluctuates but remains above

the Bank of England target for the entire forecast period due to both UK specific issues such as higher wage growth but also due to external factors such as

geopolitical instability. Although inflation does not rise to the peak seen in 2022, it remains stubbornly above the 2% inflation target throughout the five-year

forecast period. This causes a peak to trough fall in GDP of c-2.5% and a much higher bank rate profile with a peak of 6% to combat persistently higher inflation.

House prices fall c.20% which is similar to the Global Financial Crisis (GFC).

Downside 2 - This scenario is similar in severity to a typical stress test scenario. It shows a marked fall in GDP, with unemployment rising to levels consistent

with the GFC and house prices falling by almost a third. The scenario also reflects ongoing strike action by various unions pushing for stronger pay growth,

alongside the increase in geopolitical risk which affects market sentiment and causes further fragmentation of the global economy. It also assumes that major risk

events continue to occur, exposing countries’ fiscal vulnerabilities and their ability to respond to such events. For this scenario, an overlay to the UK

unemployment rate was also made to the model output from the OGEM. This was to account for the possibility of a recession of similar size to that of 2008/09

where the unemployment rate peaked at 8.5%.

Key changes to our alternative scenarios in H124

The downside scenarios capture a range of risks, including further escalation of geopolitical events, continuing weaker investment; reflecting the unstable

environment; a continuing and significant mismatch between job vacancies and skills, as well as a smaller labour force; and political uncertainty due to a change

of government following the July 2024 general election.

In H124, there were no significant changes in our alternative scenarios as described in the 2023 Annual Report.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc10

The table below sets out our macroeconomic assumptions and their evolution throughout the forecast period for each of the five scenarios at 30 June 2024:

		Upside	Base case	Downside 1	Stubborn Inflation	Downside 2	Weighted
		%	%	%	%	%	%
GDP(1)	2023 (actual)	0.1	0.1	0.1	0.1	0.1	0.1
	2024	1.1	0.8	0.6	(0.5)	(1.2)	0.5
	2025	2.1	1.3	0.4	(1.4)	(3.5)	0.5
	2026	2.4	1.5	0.3	—	—	1.0
	2027	2.5	1.4	0.3	0.7	1.9	1.3
	2028	2.5	1.4	0.2	0.8	2.7	1.4
	5-year average increase/decrease	2.3	1.3	0.4	(0.1)	0.1	n/a
	Start to trough(2)	n/a	n/a	n/a	(2.4)	(5.2)	n/a
Bank Rate(1)	2023 (actual)	5.25	5.25	5.25	5.25	5.25	5.25
	2024	4.50	4.75	5.50	6.00	4.00	4.93
	2025	3.50	3.75	4.25	5.75	2.00	3.85
	2026	3.00	3.50	3.25	4.00	2.00	3.30
	2027	3.00	3.00	3.00	3.00	2.50	2.95
	2028	3.00	3.00	3.00	3.00	3.00	3.00
	5-year end period	3.00	3.00	3.00	3.00	3.00	3.00
	5-year peak	5.25	5.25	5.50	6.00	5.25	5.25
HPI(1)	2023 (actual)	(0.7)	(0.7)	(0.7)	(0.7)	(0.7)	(0.7)
	2024	9.1	2.5	(1.7)	(4.4)	(9.2)	0.4
	2025	8.7	3.0	(5.0)	(9.0)	(16.5)	(0.8)
	2026	8.0	3.0	(2.3)	(4.2)	(9.2)	1.0
	2027	7.4	3.0	1.2	3.8	5.8	3.5
	2028	4.8	3.0	2.7	5.1	8.4	3.7
	5-year average increase/decrease	7.4	2.6	(1.3)	(2.0)	(4.7)	n/a
	Start to trough(2)	n/a	n/a	(10.9)	(18.9)	(33.0)	(2.7)
Unemployment(1)	2023 (actual)	3.8	3.8	3.8	3.8	3.8	3.8
	2024	4.2	4.4	4.4	4.9	6.6	4.7
	2025	4.1	4.3	4.7	5.8	8.3	4.9
	2026	4.0	4.2	5.1	6.1	7.7	4.9
	2027	4.0	4.2	5.5	6.2	7.1	4.9
	2028	4.0	4.2	5.8	6.3	6.5	4.9
	5-year end period	4.0	4.2	5.8	6.3	6.5	n/a
	5-year peak	4.3	4.4	6.0	6.3	8.5	4.9
CRE price growth(1)	2023 (actual)	(5.6)	(5.6)	(5.6)	(5.6)	(5.6)	(5.6)
	2024	1.3	(0.5)	(1.7)	(4.7)	(6.7)	(1.6)
	2025	2.2	0.5	(0.9)	(1.2)	(2.2)	—
	2026	4.2	3.1	2.0	3.9	3.3	3.1
	2027	3.4	2.7	2.4	3.9	4.2	3.0
	2028	2.6	2.3	2.4	3.3	4.3	2.6
	5-year end period	2.9	1.9	1.1	1.3	0.8	n/a
	Start to trough(2)	n/a	n/a	(2.0)	(5.7)	(8.5)	(1.4)

(1)GDP is the calendar year annual growth rate, HPI and CRE price growth is Q4 annual growth rate and all other data points are at 31 December in the year indicated.

(2)GDP, HPI and CRE start is taken from level at Q124.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc11

The table below sets out our macroeconomic assumptions and their evolution for each of the five scenarios at 31 December 2023:

		Upside	Base case	Downside 1	Stubborn Inflation	Downside 2	Weighted
		%	%	%	%	%	%
GDP(1)	2022 (actual)	4.3	4.3	4.3	4.3	4.3	4.3
	2023	0.6	0.5	0.5	0.5	0.3	0.5
	2024	1.0	0.4	(0.1)	(1.8)	(3.3)	(0.4)
	2025	2.1	1.3	0.2	(0.9)	(1.4)	0.6
	2026	2.4	1.5	0.5	0.4	0.6	1.1
	2027	2.4	1.4	0.3	0.7	2.2	1.4
	5-year average increase/decrease	2.1	1.2	0.3	(0.2)	0.1	n/a
	Peak/(trough) at(2)	—	—	(0.2)	(2.8)	(5.1)	(1.1)
Bank Rate(1)	2022 (actual)	3.50	3.50	3.50	3.50	3.50	3.50
	2023	5.25	5.25	5.25	5.25	5.25	5.25
	2024	4.25	4.50	5.25	6.50	3.75	4.88
	2025	3.25	3.50	4.00	5.00	2.00	3.68
	2026	2.75	3.25	3.25	3.75	2.00	3.18
	2027	2.75	3.00	3.00	3.00	2.50	2.93
	5-year end period	2.75	3.00	3.00	3.00	2.50	n/a
	Peak/(trough) at	5.25	5.25	5.75	6.50	5.25	5.55
HPI(1)	2022 (actual)	5.0	5.0	5.0	5.0	5.0	5.0
	2023	(1.7)	(2.2)	(4.7)	(6.3)	(7.8)	(3.8)
	2024	2.0	(1.0)	(11.7)	(18.8)	(25.8)	(7.8)
	2025	6.5	2.5	3.4	3.6	3.6	3.3
	2026	5.1	3.0	2.1	1.6	1.6	2.7
	2027	4.0	3.0	3.0	1.6	1.6	2.7
	5-year average increase/decrease	4.3	2.0	(0.8)	(3.3)	(5.4)	n/a
	Peak/(trough) at(2)	(3.7)	(6.5)	(17.5)	(25.5)	(33.0)	(13.8)
Unemployment(1)	2022 (actual)	3.7	3.7	3.7	3.7	3.7	3.7
	2023	4.3	4.3	4.3	4.3	4.4	4.3
	2024	4.3	4.8	4.8	5.6	8.5	5.3
	2025	3.7	4.4	4.9	5.9	8.0	5.1
	2026	3.4	4.3	5.2	6.2	7.4	5.0
	2027	3.0	4.3	5.4	6.1	6.8	4.9
	5-year end period	3.0	4.2	5.3	5.8	6.2	n/a
	Peak/(trough) at	4.5	4.8	5.5	6.2	8.5	5.5

(1)GDP is the calendar year annual growth rate, HPI is Q4 annual growth rate and all other data points are at 31 December in the year indicated.

(2)GDP peak taken from GDP level at Q2-23 and HPI peak taken from HPI level at Q3-22.

Scenario weights

Each quarter, we undertake a full review of the scenario weights we apply. We consider the weighting of the economic scenarios as a whole, while ensuring that

the scenarios capture the non-linear distribution of losses across a reasonable range. To support our initial assessment of the weighting of a scenario, we

undertake a Monte Carlo analysis to find out the likelihood of a five-year average GDP forecast growth rate occurring based on the long run historically observed

average. Creating a standard distribution bell curve around this long run average provides an estimate of the probability of a given GDP scenario occurring based

on past experience and therefore assign a provisional weight to that scenario.

The scenario weights we applied for 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023 were:

	Upside	Base case	Downside 1	Stubborn Inflation	Downside 2	Weighted
Scenario weights	%	%	%	%	%	%
30 June 2024	10	50	20	10	10	100
31 December 2023	10	50	10	20	10	100

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

Now that the effects of the pandemic in terms of large GDP growth swings have passed, the Monte Carlo analysis returns to being based on data in the post

GFC period from 2009 onwards in line with how it was being used pre-pandemic. For H124, all downside scenarios sit between the 60th and 80th percentiles

suggesting a lower weight than the base case remains appropriate.

We also need to consider the UK's economic and political environment when applying the weights. With risks still heavily skewed to the downside we believe it is

appropriate to weigh the scenarios to reflect this. These risks include: the ongoing cost of living challenges for households given the c.25% rise in prices since the

start of the pandemic; a further escalation in geopolitical tensions creating extra challenges for economies globally including the UK; a continuation of upside

inflation surprises causing inflation to stay above target for longer; continuing weak investment reflecting the uncertain economic environment, and a continuing

and significant mismatch between vacancies and skills alongside a smaller labour force.

In H124, we increased the weight on the Downside 1 scenario by 10% with a corresponding decrease in our Stubborn Inflation scenario to rebalance the overall

weighted ECL and to reflect the fact that the economic growth outlook has improved since the end of 2023.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc12

Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR)

Loans which have suffered a SICR since origination are subject to a lifetime ECL assessment which extends to a maximum of the contractual term of the loan, or

the behavioural term for a revolving facility. Loans which have not experienced a SICR are subject to 12-month ECL. We assess the credit risk profile of each

facility to determine which of three stages to allocate them to:

–Stage 1: when there has been no SICR since initial recognition. We apply a loss allowance equal to a 12-month ECL i.e. the proportion of lifetime expected

losses that relate to that default event expected in the next 12 months

–Stage 2: when there has been a SICR since initial recognition, but the exposure is not considered credit impaired. We apply a loss allowance equal to the

lifetime ECL i.e. the expected loss resulting from all possible defaults throughout the residual life of a facility

–Stage 3: when the exposure is considered credit impaired. We apply a loss allowance equal to the lifetime ECL. Objective evidence of credit impairment is

needed. For more, see the section ‘Definition of default (Credit impaired)’ in the 'Credit risk' section of the Risk review in the 2023 Annual Report.

We use quantitative, qualitative and backstop criteria to identify exposures that suffer a SICR. The Credit Risk Provisions Forum (CRPF) reviews and approves

our SICR thresholds periodically. The Board Audit Committee reviews and challenges their appropriateness each year, or more often if we change them.

Key changes in H124

In H124, alongside our new ECL models, we updated our SICR criteria to enhance and improve consistency across portfolios. As a result, we now treat the

following accounts as Stage 2:

–Quantitative:

–Accounts with a 12-month PD between 30bps (0.3%) and 2000bps (20%) where the annualised lifetime PD has doubled from origination.

–PD threshold: Accounts where the annualised lifetime PD has increased above 2000bps (20%).

–Low Credit Risk Exemption (LCRE): we introduced an LCRE where, if the 12-month PD is less than 30bps, we retain the account in Stage 1, unless the

qualitative or backstop criteria are met.

These changes increased the number of accounts in Stage 2 for Credit Cards and Overdrafts mainly due to the lower absolute PD thresholds with no material

increase in ECL.

–Qualitative:

–For Mortgages, over-indebted customers and Interest-only accounts 24 months pre-maturity.

–For CCB, customers operating in a high-risk sector.

These enhancements enabled us to retire related JAs.

Quantitative criteria

We use quantitative criteria to identify where an exposure has increased in credit risk. We base our criteria on whether any increase in the lifetime PD since

origination exceeds a threshold in relative and absolute terms. We base the value anticipated at origination on similar assumptions and data to the ones we use

at the reporting date, adjusted to reflect the account surviving to that date. The comparison uses either an annualised lifetime PD, where the lifetime PD is divided

by the forecast period, or the absolute change in lifetime PD since origination. 

The criteria for H124 and 2023 were: accounts above the lower absolute PD thresholds below, where the PD has doubled since origination, are treated as Stage

2. At 30 June 2024, any account above the upper threshold (i.e. 20%) is also treated as Stage 2:

	Retail and Business Banking				Consumer Finance(2)	Corporate & Commercial Banking	Corporate Centre
	Mortgages	Everyday Banking(1)
		Personal loans	Credit cards	Overdrafts
30 June 2024	30bps	30bps	30bps	30bps	300bps	30bps	Internal rating method
31 December 2023	30bps	30bps	340bps	260bps	300bps	30bps	Internal rating method

(1)For larger business banking customers, we apply the same criteria as we use for CCB. Credit cards and Overdrafts lower PD thresholds aligned with the rest of Everyday Banking at 30 June 2024 for

consistency.

(2)Consumer Finance use the comparison of lifetime PDs to determine Stage allocation, unlike other products which first turn the lifetime PD into an average yearly PD (annualised) and then do the comparison. In

addition, Consumer Finance does not apply the upper absolute PD threshold criteria.

Qualitative criteria

We also use qualitative criteria to identify where an exposure has increased in credit risk, independent of changes in PD. The criteria for H124 and 2023 were:

Retail and Business Banking				Consumer Finance	Corporate & Commercial Banking	Corporate Centre
Mortgages	Everyday Banking(1)
	Personal loans	Credit cards	Overdrafts
– In forbearance – Default in last 24m – 30 Days Past Due (DPD) in last 12m – Bankrupt – £100+ arrears New in H124: – Over-indebted customers – Interest Only accounts 24m pre-maturity	– In Collections – Default in last 12m – £50+ arrears	– In forbearance – Default in last 12m – In Collections – £100+ arrears – Behaviour score indicators	– Fees suspended – Default in last 12m – Debit dormant >35 days – Any excess in month	– In forbearance – Deceased or Insolvent – Court ‘Return of goods’ order or Police watchlist – Agreement terminated – Payment holiday – Cash Collection	– In forbearance – Default in last 12m – Watchlist: proactive management – Default at proxy origination – New in H124: Customers in a high-risk sector	– Watchlist: proactive management

(1)For larger business banking customers, we apply the same criteria that we use for Corporate & Commercial Banking.

If needed, we apply additional qualitative assessment as part of Judgemental Adjustments in response to situations where known or expected risk factors and

information are not considered in the modelling process. See 'Judgemental Adjustments (JAs)' below for more on this.

Backstop criteria

As a backstop, we classify all exposures more than 30 or 90 DPD in at least Stage 2 or in Stage 3, respectively. This means that we do not rebut the backstop

presumptions in IFRS 9 (i.e. credit risk has significantly increased if contractual payments are more than 30 DPD) relating to either a SICR or default.

Improvement in credit risk or cure

We transfer Stage 3 exposures to Stage 2 or Stage 1 when we no longer consider them to be credit impaired. We transfer Stage 2 exposures to Stage 1 when

we no longer consider them to have suffered a SICR. Where we identified a SICR using quantitative criteria, we transfer the exposures to Stage 1 when they no

longer meet the original PD-based transfer criteria. Where we identified a SICR using qualitative criteria, the issues that led to the transfer must be cured before

we transfer the exposure to Stage 1. For a loan to exit forbearance, it must meet the conditions set out in the section ‘Forbearance’ in the 'Credit risk' section of

the Risk review in the 2023 Annual Report.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc13

Judgemental Adjustments (JAs)

	Retail & Business Banking
		Everyday Banking		Consumer Finance	Corporate & Commercial Banking	Corporate Centre	Total
	Mortgages	Credit Cards	Other
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Modelled ECL	170	152	119	67	178	—	686
Individually assessed	3	—	—	—	175	—	178
ECL before JAs	173	152	119	67	353	—	864
JAs (excluding Affordability and Cost of Living JAs)
UPL loss floor	—	—	20	—	—	—	20
Mortgages LGD	20	—	—	—	—	—	20
Corporate single large exposure	—	—	—	—	10	—	10
Other	—	1	6	3	—	—	10
Total JAs (excluding Affordability and Cost of Living JAs)	20	1	26	3	10	—	60
Affordability and Cost of Living JAs
Corporate lending to segments affected by supply chain pressures	—	—	—	—	14	—	14
Mortgage refinancing risk	14	—	—	—	—	—	14
SME debt burden	—	—	6	—	—	—	6
Total Affordability and Cost of Living JAs	14	—	6	—	14	—	34
Total JAs	34	1	32	3	24	—	94
Total ECL	207	153	151	70	377	—	958

31 December 2023	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Modelled ECL	132	123	123	62	240	—	680
Individually assessed	4	—	—	—	124	—	128
ECL before JAs	136	123	123	62	364	—	808
JAs (excluding Affordability and Cost of Living JAs)
Long-term indeterminate arrears	16	—	—	—	—	—	16
12+ months in arrears	14	—	—	—	—	—	14
UPL loss floor	—	—	6	—	—	—	6
Model underestimation	36	—	—	—	—	—	36
Corporate single large exposure	—	—	—	—	23	—	23
Other	12	1	3	4	(31)	—	(11)
Total JAs (excluding Affordability and Cost of Living JAs)	78	1	9	4	(8)	—	84
Affordability and Cost of Living JAs
Corporate lending to segments affected by supply chain pressures	—	—	—	—	24	—	24
Secured affordability	9	—	—	4	—	—	13
Unsecured affordability	—	16	22	—	—	—	38
Mortgage refinancing risk	19	—	—	—	—	—	19
SME debt burden	—	—	6	—	—	—	6
Total Affordability and Cost of Living JAs	28	16	28	4	24	—	100
Total JAs	106	17	37	8	16	—	184
Total ECL	242	140	160	70	380	—	992

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, we implemented new Retail Mortgages and CCB impairment models, which now embed Long-term underlying arrears, 12+months arrears, Model

Underestimation, and Mortgages Secured Affordability JAs. The new CCB model also captures the risks associated with Corporate customers operating within

higher risk sectors reducing the level of CCB JAs.

In response to the improved economic data, specifically inflation, we re-assessed the need for cost of living JAs and retired the Secured and Unsecured

Affordability JAs.

In H124, we introduced a new Mortgage LGD JA which adjusts the historically observed experience for Stage 3 accounts due to specific factors which have

temporarily suppressed possession and litigation activity.

As a result, JAs reduced from £184m to £94m. The proportion of JAs to total ECL decreased from 19% to 10%.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc14

Sensitivity of ECL allowance

The ECL allowance is sensitive to the methods, assumptions and estimates underlying its calculation. For example, management could have applied different

probability weights to the economic scenarios. In addition, the ECL for residential mortgages is significantly affected by the HPI assumptions which determine the

valuation of collateral used in the calculations.

Had management used different assumptions on probability weights and HPI, a larger or smaller ECL charge would have resulted that could have had a material

impact on the ECL allowance and profit before tax. We have incorporated JAs into the sensitivity analysis, and these assumptions are set out below.

Scenario sensitivity

The tables below show the ECL allowances that would have arisen had management applied a 100% weight to each economic scenario. The allowances were

calculated using a stage allocation appropriate to each scenario and differs from the probability-weighted stage allocation used to determine the ECL allowance

shown above. For exposures subject to individual assessment, the distribution of ECL which could reasonably be expected has also been considered, assuming

no change in the number of cases subject to individual assessment, and within the context of a potential best to worst case outcome.

	Upside	Base case	Downside 1	Stubborn Inflation	Downside 2	Weighted
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Exposure	288,999	288,999	288,999	288,999	288,999	288,999
Retail & Business Banking	199,685	199,685	199,685	199,685	199,685	199,685
Of which:
– Mortgages	179,088	179,088	179,088	179,088	179,088	179,088
Consumer Finance	4,880	4,880	4,880	4,880	4,880	4,880
Corporate & Commercial Banking	30,838	30,838	30,838	30,838	30,838	30,838
Corporate Centre	53,596	53,596	53,596	53,596	53,596	53,596
ECL	779	842	992	1,137	1,545	958
Retail & Business Banking	381	435	565	653	1,038	511
Of which:
– Mortgages	99	146	241	322	705	207
Consumer Finance	69	69	70	72	72	70
Corporate & Commercial Banking	329	338	357	412	435	377
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—	—	—

31 December 2023	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Exposure	294,877	294,877	294,877	294,877	294,877	294,877
Retail & Business Banking	201,977	201,977	201,977	201,977	201,977	201,977
Of which:
– Mortgages	181,188	181,188	181,188	181,188	181,188	181,188
Consumer Finance	5,228	5,228	5,228	5,228	5,228	5,228
Corporate & Commercial Banking	27,277	27,277	27,277	27,277	27,277	27,277
Corporate Centre	60,395	60,395	60,395	60,395	60,395	60,395
ECL	833	896	991	1,176	1,410	992
Retail & Business Banking	419	465	536	689	889	542
Of which:
– Mortgages	141	174	234	363	562	242
Consumer Finance	68	69	70	72	72	70
Corporate & Commercial Banking	346	362	385	415	449	380
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—	—	—

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

ECL reduced by £34m since 31 December 2023. Mortgages, CCB and EDB - Other all decreased due to an improved economic outlook driving ECL model

releases. The ECL on Credit Cards increased due to updated SICR rules. The value of JAs decreased in H124 due to the implementation of new impairment

models for Mortgages and CCB, as well as the release of the cost of living JAs on the Unsecured portfolio.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc15

SANTANDER UK GROUP LEVEL – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

Rating distribution

The tables below show the credit rating of our financial assets to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 apply. JAs are incorporated in the balances. For

more on the credit rating profiles of key portfolios, see the credit risk review section for each business segment.

The Santander UK risk grade consists of eight grades for non-defaulted exposures ranging from 9 (lowest risk) to 2 (highest risk). For details, including the

approximate equivalent credit rating grade used by Standard & Poor's Rating Services, see 'Single credit rating scale' in the 'Santander UK group level - credit

risk review' section of the Risk review in the 2023 Annual Report.

	Santander UK risk grade								Loss allowance	Total
	9	8	7	6	5	4	3 to 1	Other(1)(2)
30 June 2024	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn
Exposures - On balance sheet
Financial assets at amortised cost:
–Loans and advances to customers(2)	4.9	32.5	84.4	47.5	14.1	7.5	5.8	7.2	(0.9)	203.0
–Stage 1	4.8	31.3	79.7	41.5	11.1	2.9	0.6	7.0	(0.1)	178.8
–Stage 2	0.1	1.2	4.7	6.0	2.9	4.5	2.5	0.1	(0.4)	21.6
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	0.1	0.1	2.7	0.1	(0.4)	2.6
Of which mortgages:	4.4	30.3	78.2	42.0	6.7	3.7	3.3	—	(0.2)	168.4
–Stage 1	4.4	29.2	73.6	36.0	4.3	0.7	—	—	—	148.2
–Stage 2	—	1.1	4.6	6.0	2.4	2.9	1.4	—	(0.1)	18.3
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	0.1	1.9	—	(0.1)	1.9

	Santander UK risk grade								Total	Coverage Ratio
	9	8	7	6	5	4	3 to 1	Other(1)(2)
30 June 2024	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	%
ECL - On balance sheet
Financial assets at amortised cost:
–Loans and advances to customers(2)	—	—	—	0.1	0.2	0.1	0.5	—	0.9	0.4
–Stage 1	—	—	—	—	0.1	—	—	—	0.1	0.1
–Stage 2	—	—	—	0.1	0.1	0.1	0.1	—	0.4	1.8
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	—	0.4	—	0.4	13.3
Of which mortgages:	—	—	—	—	0.1	—	0.1	—	0.2	0.1
–Stage 1	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
–Stage 2	—	—	—	—	0.1	—	—	—	0.1	0.5
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	—	0.1	—	0.1	5.0

	Santander UK risk grade								Loss allowance
	9	8	7	6	5	4	3 to 1	Other(1)(2)		Total
31 December 2023	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn
Exposures - On balance sheet
Financial assets at amortised cost:
–Loans and advances to customers(2)	5.3	34.2	84.4	48.9	14.6	8.3	5.4	7.2	(0.9)	207.4
–Stage 1	5.3	33.1	80.4	43.6	10.3	2.8	0.3	6.9	(0.1)	182.6
–Stage 2	—	1.1	4.0	5.3	4.3	5.4	2.4	0.1	(0.4)	22.2
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	0.1	2.7	0.2	(0.4)	2.6
Of which mortgages:	5.2	32.5	79.9	41.5	6.6	3.7	3.5	—	(0.2)	172.7
–Stage 1	5.2	31.4	75.9	36.3	3.6	0.4	0.2	—	—	153.0
–Stage 2	—	1.1	4.0	5.2	3.0	3.2	1.4	—	(0.1)	17.8
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	0.1	1.9	—	(0.1)	1.9

	Santander UK risk grade									Coverage Ratio
	9	8	7	6	5	4	3 to 1	Other(1)(2)	Total
31 December 2023	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	%
ECL - On balance sheet
Financial assets at amortised cost:
–Loans and advances to customers(2)	—	—	—	—	0.2	0.2	0.5	—	0.9	0.4
–Stage 1	—	—	—	—	0.1	—	—	—	0.1	0.1
–Stage 2	—	—	—	—	0.1	0.2	0.1	—	0.4	1.8
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	—	0.4	—	0.4	13.3
Of which mortgages:	—	—	—	—	—	0.1	0.1	—	0.2	0.1
–Stage 1	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
–Stage 2	—	—	—	—	—	0.1	—	—	0.1	0.6
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	—	0.1	—	0.1	5.0

(1)Includes Joint Ventures and Bounce Back Loans (BBLs) balances. We use scorecards for these items, rather than rating models.

(2)Includes interest we have charged to the customer’s account and accrued interest we have not charged to the account yet.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc16

Arrears over 90 days past due

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	%
Mortgages	0.85	0.80
Credit Cards	0.54	0.51
UPL	0.85	0.73
Overdrafts	2.58	2.43
Business Banking	4.13	4.15
Consumer Finance	0.52	0.43
Corporate & Commercial Banking	1.30	1.04

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

Mortgage assets continued to fall following further disciplined pricing actions to optimise the balance sheet given higher funding costs continuing to contribute to a

reduction in mortgage lending. In H124, early and late arrears remained at low levels despite a slight increase across the portfolio over the period.

Loans in Stage 2 and 3 remain low compared to historic trends although, as expected we saw an increase in arrears in H124. While underlying asset quality

remains good, we saw an impact from changes to our SICR criteria. These were updated in H124 and increased Stage 2 loans for mortgages and credit cards.

For more on the credit performance of our key portfolios by business segment, see the credit risk review section for each business segment.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc17

Credit quality

Total on-balance sheet exposures at 30 June 2024 comprised £198.3bn of customer loans, loans and advances to banks of £1.0bn, £17.1bn of sovereign assets

measured at amortised cost £8.6bn of assets measured at FVOCI, and £26.9bn of cash and balances at central banks.

	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m
Exposures
On-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	153,690	19,375	2,197	175,262
Consumer Finance	4,539	305	36	4,880
Corporate & Commercial Banking	14,966	2,339	779	18,084
Corporate Centre	53,596	—	—	53,596
Total on-balance sheet	226,791	22,019	3,012	251,822
Off-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking(1)	23,568	793	62	24,423
Consumer Finance	—	—	—	—
Corporate & Commercial Banking	12,229	449	76	12,754
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—
Total off-balance sheet(2)	35,797	1,242	138	37,177
Total exposures	262,588	23,261	3,150	288,999
ECL
On-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	55	258	154	467
Consumer Finance	16	28	26	70
Corporate & Commercial Banking	45	73	205	323
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—
Total on-balance sheet	116	359	385	860
Off-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	14	29	1	44
Consumer Finance	—	—	—	—
Corporate & Commercial Banking	21	16	17	54
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—
Total off-balance sheet	35	45	18	98
Total ECL	151	404	403	958
Coverage ratio(3)	%	%	%	%
On-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	—	1.3	7.0	0.3
Consumer Finance	0.4	9.3	70.3	1.4
Corporate & Commercial Banking	0.3	3.1	26.3	1.8
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—
Total on-balance sheet	0.1	1.6	12.8	0.3
Off-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	0.1	3.7	2.8	0.2
Consumer Finance	—	—	—	—
Corporate & Commercial Banking	0.2	3.5	21.7	0.4
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—
Total off-balance sheet	0.1	3.6	13.3	0.3
Total coverage	0.1	1.7	12.8	0.3

(1)Off-balance sheet exposures include£5.6bn of residential mortgage offers in the pipeline.

(2)Off-balance sheet amounts consist of contingent liabilities and commitments. For more, see Note 24.

(3)ECL as a percentage of the related exposure.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc18

Total on-balance sheet exposures at 31 December 2023 comprised £203.1bn of customer loans, loans and advances to banks of £1.1bn, £12.6bn of sovereign

assets measured at amortised cost, £8.5bn of assets measured at FVOCI, and £38.2bn of cash and balances at central banks.

	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
31 December 2023	£m	£m	£m	£m
Exposures
On-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	158,782	18,866	2,239	179,887
Consumer Finance	4,870	330	28	5,228
Corporate & Commercial Banking	13,822	3,418	699	17,939
Corporate Centre	60,395	—	—	60,395
Total on-balance sheet	237,869	22,614	2,966	263,449
Off-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking(1)	21,597	434	59	22,090
Consumer Finance	—	—	—	—
Corporate & Commercial Banking	8,745	547	46	9,338
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—
Total off-balance sheet(2)	30,342	981	105	31,428
Total exposures	268,211	23,595	3,071	294,877
ECL
On-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	57	273	169	499
Consumer Finance	21	30	19	70
Corporate & Commercial Banking	64	118	163	345
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—
Total on-balance sheet	142	421	351	914
Off-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	16	26	1	43
Consumer Finance	—	—	—	—
Corporate & Commercial Banking	12	14	9	35
Total off-balance sheet	28	40	10	78
Total ECL	170	461	361	992
Coverage ratio(3)	%	%	%	%
On-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	—	1.4	7.5	0.3
Consumer Finance	0.4	9.0	68.5	1.3
Corporate & Commercial Banking	0.5	3.5	23.4	1.9
Corporate Centre	—	—	—	—
Total on-balance sheet	0.1	1.9	11.8	0.3
Off-balance sheet
Retail & Business Banking	0.1	6.0	2.8	0.2
Consumer Finance	—	—	—	—
Corporate & Commercial Banking	0.1	2.5	20.2	0.4
Total off-balance sheet	0.1	4.1	10.4	0.2
Total coverage	0.1	2.0	11.8	0.3

(1)Off-balance sheet exposures include £3.3bn of residential mortgage offers in the pipeline.

(2)Off-balance sheet amounts consist of contingent liabilities and commitments. For more, see Note 24. 

(3)ECL as a percentage of the related exposure.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

The ECL provision at 30 June 2024 decreased by £34m to £958m (2023: £992m) with a £37m release of JAs related to cost of living and a change in our

economic assumptions and weightings.

6-month gross write-off utilisation of £98m (H123: £97m) largely driven by unsecured retail.

Key movements in exposures and ECL in H124 by Stage were:

–Stage 1 exposures reduced mainly due to lower mortgage new business, slowing of the housing market and customers reducing debt in response to

continued higher interest. Stage 1 ECL also reduced due to the reduction in mortgage assets and the economic assumption updates.

–Stage 2 exposures also reduced during the period driven by Corporate and Commercial Banking assets moving from Stage 1 to Stage 2 following the

implementation of new impairment models. Stage 2 ECL reduced primarily due to the update of economic assumptions and the implementation of new

impairment models.

–Stage 3 exposures increased in H124 primarily due to the deterioration of single name cases in Corporate and Commercial Banking. This also drove an

increase in ECL for Corporate and Commercial Banking, however Mortgages ECL reduced following the implementation of new impairment models.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc19

Stage 2 analysis

The following table analyses our Stage 2 exposures and ECL by the reason the exposure is classified as Stage 2.

30 June 2024		Backstop	Quantitative		Qualitative		JAs	Total
		30 DPD	PD deterioration	PD threshold	Forbearance(1)	Other(2)	Mortgage Refinancing
Retail & Business Banking	Exposure £m	714	9,911	482	377	4,086	3,805	19,375
	ECL £m	26	155	28	6	29	14	258
Of which -Mortgages	Exposure £m	578	9,299	366	374	4,016	3,805	18,438
	ECL £m	9	65	5	5	13	14	111
Consumer Finance	Exposure £m	28	146	—	—	131	—	305
	ECL £m	10	11	—	—	7	—	28
Corporate & Commercial Banking	Exposure £m	18	1,342	—	82	897	—	2,339
	ECL £m	3	54	—	1	15	—	73
Corporate Centre	Exposure £m	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
	ECL £m	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Total Drawn	Exposure £m	760	11,399	482	459	5,114	3,805	22,019
	ECL £m	39	220	28	7	51	14	359
Undrawn	ECL £m	1	32	5	1	6	—	45
Total Reported	Exposure £m	765	12,174	534	492	5,489	3,807	23,261
	ECL £m	40	252	33	8	57	14	404

31 December 2023		Backstop	Quantitative	Qualitative		JAs				Total
		30 DPD	PD deterioration	Forbearance(1)	Other	Secured affordability	Unsecured affordability	Mortgage Refinancing	High risk corporate
Retail & Business Banking	Exposure £m	738	6,421	516	301	2,889	232	7,769	—	18,866
	ECL £m	33	164	2	11	9	35	19	—	273
Of which -Mortgages	Exposure £m	560	5,877	516	265	2,889	—	7,769	—	17,876
	ECL £m	11	65	2	3	9	—	19	—	109
Consumer Finance	Exposure £m	25	115	—	126	64	—	—	—	330
	ECL £m	11	10	—	5	4	—	—	—	30
Corporate & Commercial Banking	Exposure £m	93	1,809	85	533	—	—	—	898	3,418
	ECL £m	2	75	2	17	—	—	—	22	118
Corporate Centre	Exposure £m	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
	ECL £m	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Total Drawn	Exposure £m	856	8,345	601	960	2,953	232	7,769	898	22,614
	ECL £m	46	249	4	33	13	35	19	22	421
Undrawn	ECL £m	3	28	—	4	—	3	—	2	40
Total Reported	Exposure £m	893	9,160	601	1,152	2,889	233	7,769	898	23,595
	ECL £m	49	277	4	37	13	38	19	24	461

(1)Where the values of ECL and/or exposures are not nil, but round to nil when presented in £millions, the coverage ratio is still presented in the table.

(2)Mainly consists of the former Affordability JAs now embedded into the model.

Where balances satisfy more than one of the criteria above for determining a SICR, we have assigned the corresponding gross carrying amount and ECL in

order of the categories presented.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc20

Reconciliation of exposures, loss allowance and net carrying amounts

The table below shows the relationships between disclosures in this Credit risk review section which refer to drawn exposures and the associated ECL, and the

total assets as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Credit risk review disclosures exclude Joint ventures, as they carry low credit risk and therefore

have an immaterial ECL, and Other items, mainly accrued interest that we have not yet charged to the customer's account and cash collateral.

	On-balance sheet			Off-balance sheet
	Exposures	Loss allowance	Net carrying amount	Exposures	Loss allowance
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Retail & Business Banking(1)	175,262	467	174,795	24,423	44
Consumer Finance	4,880	70	4,810	—	—
Corporate & Commercial Banking	18,084	323	17,761	12,754	54
Corporate Centre	53,596	—	53,596	—	—
Total exposures presented in Credit Quality tables	251,822	860	250,962	37,177	98
Joint ventures			4,901
Other items			776
Adjusted net carrying amount			256,639
Assets classified at FVTPL			1,380
Non-financial assets(2)			6,169
Total assets per the Consolidated Balance Sheet			264,188
31 December 2023
Retail & Business Banking(1)	179,887	499	179,388	22,090	43
Consumer Finance	5,228	70	5,158	—	—
Corporate & Commercial Banking	17,939	345	17,594	9,338	35
Corporate Centre	60,395	—	60,395	—	—
Total exposures presented in Credit Quality tables	263,449	914	262,535	31,428	78
Joint ventures			4,544
Other items			751
Adjusted net carrying amount			267,830
Assets classified at FVTPL			1,694
Non-financial assets(2)			5,924
Total assets per the Consolidated Balance Sheet			275,448

(1)Off-balance sheet exposures include offers in the pipeline, undrawn flexible mortgage products and credit cards.

(2)Non-financial assets include £1,034m (2023: £632m) of Macro hedge of interest rate risk.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc21

Movement in total exposures and the corresponding ECL

The following table shows changes in total on and off-balance sheet exposures, subject to ECL assessment, and the corresponding ECL, in the period. The table

presents total gross carrying amounts and ECLs at a Santander UK group level. We present segmental views in the sections below.

	Stage 1		Stage 2		Stage 3		Total
	Exposures(1)	ECL	Exposures(1)	ECL	Exposures(1)	ECL	Exposures(1)	ECL
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	268,211	170	23,595	461	3,071	361	294,877	992
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2(3)	(10,701)	(14)	10,701	14	—	—	—	—
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1(3)	7,780	112	(7,780)	(112)	—	—	—	—
Transfers to Stage 3(3)	(221)	(1)	(688)	(37)	909	38	—	—
Transfers from Stage 3(3)	12	—	304	24	(316)	(24)	—	—
Transfers of financial instruments	(3,130)	97	2,537	(111)	593	14	—	—
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer(4)	—	(98)	—	115	—	101	—	118
Change in economic scenarios(2)	—	(9)	—	(19)	—	1	—	(27)
Change to ECL models	(2,287)	(5)	2,361	37	(74)	(26)	—	6
New lending and assets purchased(5)	18,165	31	721	31	122	27	19,008	89
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold(7)	(23,128)	(30)	(2,574)	(41)	(652)	(52)	(26,354)	(123)
Changes in risk parameters and other movements(6)	4,757	(5)	(3,379)	(69)	225	75	1,603	1
Assets written off(7)	—	—	—	—	(135)	(98)	(135)	(98)
At 30 June 2024	262,588	151	23,261	404	3,150	403	288,999	958
Net movement in the period	(5,623)	(19)	(334)	(57)	79	42	(5,878)	(34)
ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement		(19)		(57)		140		64
Less: Discount unwind		—		—		(11)		(11)
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs		—		—		8		8
Total ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement		(19)		(57)		137		61

At 1 January 2023	284,428	170	19,127	516	2,729	319	306,284	1,005
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2(3)	(6,132)	(16)	6,132	16	—	—	—	—
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1(3)	4,186	79	(4,186)	(79)	—	—	—	—
Transfers to Stage 3(3)	(244)	(3)	(654)	(44)	898	47	—	—
Transfers from Stage 3(3)	11	—	225	14	(236)	(14)	—	—
Transfers of financial instruments	(2,179)	60	1,517	(93)	662	33	—	—
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer(4)	—	(72)	—	136	—	61	—	125
Change in economic scenarios(2)	—	9	—	(37)	—	15	—	(13)
Change to ECL models	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
New lending and assets purchased(5)	11,845	15	151	15	11	3	12,007	33
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold(7)	(17,872)	(18)	(1,651)	(33)	(502)	(34)	(20,025)	(85)
Changes in risk parameters and other movements(6)	2,132	2	334	(12)	176	59	2,642	49
Assets written off(7)	—	—	—	—	(178)	(97)	(178)	(97)
At 30 June 2023	278,354	166	19,478	492	2,898	359	300,730	1,017
Net movement in the period	(6,074)	(4)	351	(24)	169	40	(5,554)	12
ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement		(4)		(24)		137		109
Less: Discount unwind		—		—		(10)		(10)
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs		—		—		6		6
Total ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement		(4)		(24)		133		105

(1)Exposures that have attracted an ECL, and as reported in the Credit Quality table above.

(2)Changes to assumptions in the period. Isolates the impact on ECL from changes to the economic variables for each scenario, the scenarios themselves, and the probability weights from all other movements.

Also includes the impact of quarterly revaluation of collateral. The impact of changes in economics on exposure Stage allocations are shown in Transfers of financial instruments.

(3)Total impact of facilities that moved Stage(s) in the period. This means, for example, that where risk parameter changes (model inputs) or model changes (methodology) result in a facility moving Stage, the full

impact is reflected here (rather than in Other). Stage flow analysis only applies to facilities that existed at both the start and end of the period. Transfers between Stages are based on opening balances and ECL

at the start of the period.

(4)Relates to the revaluation of ECL following the transfer of an exposure from one Stage to another.

(5)Exposures and ECL of facilities that did not exist at the start of the period but did at the end. Amounts in Stage 2 and 3 represent assets which deteriorated in the period after origination in Stage 1.

(6)Residual movements on existing facilities that did not change Stage in the period, and which were not acquired in the period. Includes the net increase or decrease in the period of the mortgage pipeline, cash at

central banks, the impact of changes in risk parameters in the period, unwind of discount rates and increases in ECL requirements of accounts which ultimately were written off in the period.

(7)Exposures and ECL for facilities that existed at the start of the period but not at the end.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc22

RETAIL & BUSINESS BANKING – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

We provide detailed credit risk analysis for Retail & Business Banking in separate sections below for Mortgages, our largest portfolio, and our Everyday Banking

portfolio.

RETAIL & BUSINESS BANKING: MORTGAGES – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

Borrower profile

	Stock				New business
	30 June 2024		31 December 2023		30 June 2024		30 June 2023
	£m	%	£m	%	£m	%	£m	%
Home movers(1)	70,315	41	71,931	42	2,909	43	1,753	43
Remortgagers(2)	46,575	28	48,475	28	1,950	29	1,163	29
First-time buyers	36,571	22	36,868	21	1,799	26	1,028	26
Buy-to-let	15,128	9	15,585	9	156	2	70	2
	168,589	100	172,859	100	6,814	100	4,014	100

(1)'Home movers’ include both existing customers moving house and taking out a new mortgage with us, and customers who switch their mortgage to us when they move house.

(2)'Remortgagers are new customers who are taking a new mortgage with us.

As well as the new business in the table above, there were £18.1bn (H123: £15.4bn) of remortgages where we moved our customers with maturing mortgages

onto new ones. We also provided £0.4bn (H123: £0.4bn) of further advances and flexible mortgage drawdowns. 77% (2023: 77%) of customers with a maturing

mortgage were retained, which applied to mortgages three months post maturity, based on a 12-month average of retention rates to March 2024.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, mortgage asset stock decreased across all sectors, with the stock borrower profile unchanged. Our new business increased year-on-year in all sectors

due to increased lending appetite as economic pressures continued to ease, allowing for improved lending margins. However, this increase in new business

lending has not offset repayments and redemptions in the period, so the book continued to deleverage. In H124, we helped first-time buyers buy their new home

with £1.8bn of gross lending (H123: £1.0bn).

Interest rate profile

The interest rate profile of our maturing mortgage asset stock was:

	30 June 2024		31 December 2023
	£m	%	£m	%
Fixed rate	149,904	89	153,207	89
Of which maturing:
–< 12 months	32,221	19	37,630	22
–Later than 1 year but no later than 3 years	79,535	47	65,502	38
–Later than 3 years but no later than 4 years	21,691	13	34,725	20
–Later than 4 years but no later than 5 years	12,374	7	10,977	6
–Later than 5 years	4,083	3	4,373	3
Variable rate	13,335	8	13,761	8
Standard Variable Rate (SVR)	3,506	2	3,915	2
Follow on Rate (FoR)	1,844	1	1,976	1
	168,589	100	172,859	100

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, we continued to see customers refinance from SVR and FoR to fixed rate products influenced by continued higher interest rates, with a slight increase

in demand for variable rate products tracking the Bank of England base rate. We continued to see more customers choosing shorter-term fixed rate products in

H124.

Geographical distribution

The geographical distribution of our mortgage asset stock and new business was:

	Stock		New business
	30 June 2024	31 December 2023	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
Region	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn
London	43.0	44.0	1.7	1.0
Midlands and East Anglia	23.6	24.2	1.0	0.6
North	22.3	22.9	0.9	0.5
Northern Ireland	2.5	2.6	0.1	0.0
Scotland	6.2	6.4	0.3	0.2
South East excluding London	53.5	54.8	2.1	1.3
South West, Wales and other	17.5	18.0	0.7	0.4
	168.6	172.9	6.8	4.0

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

The portfolio's geographical distribution continued to represent a broad footprint across the UK, with a concentration around London and the South East. The

loan-to-income multiple of mortgage lending in the period, based on average earnings of new business at inception, was 2.93 (2023: 2.98).

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc23

Mortgage loan size

The split of our mortgage asset by size was:

Mortgage loan size	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
>£1.0m	2%	2%
£0.5m to £1.0m	10%	10%
£0.25m to £0.5m	31%	31%
<£0.25m	57%	57%
Average loan size (stock) (1)	£190k	£187k
Average loan size (new business)	£234k	£228k

(1) Average initial advance of existing stock.

Loan-to-value analysis

This table shows the LTV distribution for the gross carrying amount and the related ECL of our total mortgage portfolio and Stage 3 mortgages, and new

business. We also show the collateral value and average LTV. We use our estimate of the property value at the balance sheet date and include fees that have

been added to the loan. For flexible products, we only include the drawn amount, not undrawn limits.

	30 June 2024					31 December 2023
	Stock		Stage 3		New	Stock		Stage 3		New
	Total	ECL	Total	ECL	Business	Total	ECL	Total	ECL	Business
LTV	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Up to 50%	76,214	38	1,052	15	1,588	78,673	31	1,106	12	2,616
>50-60%	32,291	24	337	9	1,003	32,837	24	347	10	1,604
>60-70%	29,469	30	254	11	965	30,874	40	246	16	1,977
>70-80%	18,497	31	155	12	1,501	18,721	48	138	19	2,736
>80-90%	9,272	24	80	9	1,277	8,893	35	67	15	2,318
>90-100%	2,440	17	44	8	472	2,416	20	39	11	900
>100%	406	43	56	21	8	445	44	65	25	13
	168,589	207	1,978	85	6,814	172,859	242	2,008	108	12,164
Collateral value (1)	168,537		1,968		6,814	172,803		1,997		12,164
	%		%		%	%		%		%
Average LTV - Balance weighted(2)	52		50		65	51		49		66

(1)Collateral value is limited to the balance of each loan and excludes the impact of any over-collateralisation. Includes collateral against loans in negative equity of £355m (2023: £389m).

(2)Balance weighted LTV = (Loan 1 balance x (Loan 1 Balance/Loan 1 latest property valuation) + (Loan 2 balance x (Loan 2 balance/Loan 2 latest property valuation) +  ...) /(Loan 1 balance + Loan 2 balance+...).

At 30 June 2024, the parts of loans in negative equity which were effectively uncollateralised before deducting loss allowances was £52m (2023: £56m). The

balance weighted average LTV of new business in the period in London was 64% (2023: 65%). £70.5bn of new business and internal transfers were priced in

2023 and H124, and by the end of the year a further £17bn will reach the end of the incentive period. Arrears from recent internal transfers remain low, with less

than 1% of customers entering arrears within 12 months.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

There were no significant changes in collateral quality in H124. Balance weighted average LTVs of stock and new business were broadly flat as economic

pressures eased and mortgage market trends remain steady. We monitor the profile of new lending and take action as needed to ensure the LTV mix of

completions is in line with our risk appetite.

Credit performance

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Mortgage loans and advances to customers	168,589	172,859
of which:
–Stage 1	148,173	152,975
–Stage 2	18,438	17,876
–Stage 3	1,978	2,008
Loss allowances(1)	207	242

	%	%
Stage 1 ratio(2)	87.89	88.50
Stage 2 ratio(2)	10.94	10.34
Stage 3 ratio	1.19	1.17

(1)The ECL allowance is for both on and off–balance sheet exposures.

(2)Stage 1/Stage 2 exposures as a percentage of customer loans.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc24

Movement in total exposures and the corresponding ECL

The following tables show changes in total on and off-balance sheet exposures and ECL in the period. The footnotes to the Santander UK group level table on

page 22 also apply to these tables.

	Stage 1		Stage 2		Stage 3		Total
	Exposures(1)	ECL	Exposures(1)	ECL	Exposures(1)	ECL	Exposures(1)	ECL
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	161,163	24	17,997	110	2,028	108	181,188	242
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2(3)	(8,703)	(2)	8,703	2	—	—	—	—
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1(3)	6,184	22	(6,184)	(22)	—	—	—	—
Transfers to Stage 3(3)	(113)	—	(402)	(8)	515	8	—	—
Transfers from Stage 3(3)	3	—	244	8	(247)	(8)	—	—
Transfers of financial instruments	(2,629)	20	2,361	(20)	268	—	—	—
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer(4)	—	(22)	—	38	—	7	—	23
Change in economic scenarios(2)	—	(7)	—	(11)	—	2	—	(16)
Change to ECL models	(1,859)	(3)	1,869	21	(10)	(37)	—	(19)
New lending and assets purchased(5)	12,720	3	71	1	11	1	12,802	5
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold(7)	(11,368)	(2)	(1,736)	(7)	(316)	(13)	(13,420)	(22)
Changes in risk parameters and other movements(6)	335	(2)	(1,834)	(21)	33	22	(1,466)	(1)
Assets written off (7)	—	—	—	—	(16)	(5)	(16)	(5)
At 30 June 2024	158,362	11	18,728	111	1,998	85	179,088	207
Net movement in the period	(2,801)	(13)	731	1	(30)	(23)	(2,100)	(35)
ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement		(13)		1		(18)		(30)
Less: Discount unwind		—		—		(1)		(1)
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs		—		—		15		15
Total ECL (release)/charge to the Income Statement		(13)		1		(4)		(16)
At 1 January 2023	176,965	25	13,533	131	1,848	95	192,346	251
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2(3)	(4,444)	(2)	4,444	2	—	—	—	—
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1(3)	3,336	19	(3,336)	(19)	—	—	—	—
Transfers to Stage 3(3)	(142)	(2)	(392)	(10)	534	12	—	—
Transfers from Stage 3(3)	4	—	190	5	(194)	(5)	—	—
Transfers of financial instruments	(1,246)	15	906	(22)	340	7	—	—
Net ECL remeasurement on stage transfer(4)	—	(17)	—	22	—	9	—	14
Change in economic scenarios(2)	—	(4)	—	(18)	—	2	—	(20)
Change to ECL models	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
New lending and assets purchased(5)	4,488	2	21	1	—	—	4,509	3
Redemptions, repayments and assets sold(7)	(12,245)	(3)	(833)	(6)	(231)	(8)	(13,309)	(17)
Changes in risk parameters and other movements(6)	2,760	3	144	(5)	17	2	2,921	—
Assets written off(7)	—	—	—	—	(24)	(6)	(24)	(6)
At 30 June 2023	170,722	21	13,771	103	1,950	101	186,443	225
Net movement in the period	(6,243)	(4)	238	(28)	102	6	(5,903)	(26)
ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement		(4)		(28)		12		(20)
Less: Discount unwind		—		—		(1)		(1)
Less: Recoveries net of collection costs		—		—		(1)		(1)
Total ECL charge/(release) to the Income Statement		(4)		(28)		10		(22)

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc25

RETAIL & BUSINESS BANKING: MORTGAGES – PORTFOLIOS OF PARTICULAR

INTEREST

Credit performance

		Portfolio of particular interest(1)
	Total	Interest-only	Part interest- only, part repayment (2)	Flexible	LTV >100%	Buy-to-let	Other portfolio
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Mortgage portfolio	168,589	37,261	12,158	4,850	406	15,128	116,870
–Stage 1	148,173	29,987	10,135	3,638	116	13,657	106,048
–Stage 2	18,438	6,354	1,772	975	234	1,420	10,055
–Stage 3	1,978	920	251	237	56	51	767
Stage 3 ratio	1.19%	2.49%	2.07%	5.30%	13.90%	0.34%	0.66%
Properties in possession	32	17	5	4	6	1	10
Balance weighted LTV (indexed)	52%	49%	52%	37%	116%	60%	53%
31 December 2023
Mortgage portfolio	172,859	38,825	12,584	5,418	445	15,585	118,981
–Stage 1	152,975	32,012	10,896	4,420	276	13,887	107,834
–Stage 2	17,876	5,829	1,449	744	104	1,647	10,402
–Stage 3	2,008	984	239	254	65	51	745
Stage 3 ratio	1.17%	2.55%	1.90%	5.01%	14.57%	0.33%	0.63%
Properties in possession	23	12	3	2	5	1	8
Balance weighted LTV (indexed)	51%	48%	51%	37%	116%	60%	53%

(1)Where a loan falls into more than one category, we include it in all the categories that apply. As a result, the sum of the mortgages in the segments of particular interest and the other portfolio does not agree to

the total mortgage portfolio.

(2)Mortgage balance includes both the interest-only part of £9,244m (2023: £9,531m) and the non-interest-only part of the loan.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, the combined total proportion of interest-only loans, part interest-only, part repayment loans and flexible loans was broadly stable at 32.2% (2023:

32.9%).

BTL mortgage balances decreased £0.5bn to £15.1bn (2023: £15.6bn) driven by our strategy to deleverage our mortgage portfolio and changes in market

dynamics. In H124, the balance weighted average LTV of mortgage total new BTL lending was 56% (2023: 58%).

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc26

RETAIL & BUSINESS BANKING: EVERYDAY BANKING – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

Credit performance

	Business banking	Other unsecured
		Personal loans	Credit cards	Overdrafts	Total other unsecured	Total
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Loans and advances to customers	1,504	2,136	2,597	436	5,169	6,673
of which:
–Stage 1	1,297	1,927	2,081	212	4,220	5,517
–Stage 2	101	177	464	195	836	937
–Stage 3	106	32	52	29	113	219
Loss allowances(1)	16	67	153	68	288	304
Stage 3 undrawn exposures	2	—	36	4	40	42
Stage 3 ratio	7.16%	1.48%	3.32%	7.55%	2.92%	3.87%
Gross write-offs (6 months)	5	29	25	14	68	73
31 December 2023
Loans and advances to customers	1,819	2,064	2,674	471	5,209	7,028
of which:
–Stage 1	1,574	1,743	2,283	207	4,233	5,807
–Stage 2	115	294	345	236	875	990
–Stage 3	130	27	46	28	101	231
Loss allowances(1)	16	66	140	78	284	300
Stage 3 undrawn exposures	2	—	33	4	37	39
Stage 3 ratio	7.25%	1.32%	2.95%	6.73%	2.65%	3.83%
Gross write-offs (12 months)	11	48	46	25	119	130

(1)The ECL allowance is for both on and off–balance sheet exposures.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

Business Banking assets continued to reduce primarily due to the pay down of the BBLs portfolio. Total Stage 2 assets also reduced driven by Personal Loans

and Overdrafts, due to the release of the cost of living JAs. However, Credit Cards saw an increase due to the updated SICR rules. 57% (2023: 55%) of credit

card customers repay their balance in full each month and UPL average customer balances remained unchanged at £6,000.

CONSUMER FINANCE – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

Credit performance

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Loans and advances to customers	4,880	5,228
of which:
–Stage 1	4,539	4,870
–Stage 2	305	330
–Stage 3	36	28
Loss allowances(1)	70	70
Stage 3 ratio	0.75%	0.53 %
Gross write-offs	11	23

(1)The ECL allowance is for both on and off–balance sheet exposures.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, we maintained our prudent Consumer (auto) finance underwriting criteria. The product mix was broadly unchanged, with wholesale balances

decreasing slightly.

Lower lending in H124 than H123, as a decision was made to focus on value and capital generation. At 30 June 2024, Consumer (auto) finance gross lending

(new business) was £752m (H123: £1,114m). Wholesale loans (Stock finance) to car dealerships at 30 June 2024 were approximately 8.6% (2023: 9.9%) of the

Consumer loan book. At 30 June 2024, the average Consumer (auto) finance loan size was £15,484 (2023: £17,308). 

The risk profile was stable in terms of our credit scoring acceptance policies. The overall risk performance was good with the vast majority of customers paying.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc27

CORPORATE & COMMERCIAL BANKING – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

Rating distribution

These tables show our credit risk exposure according to our internal rating scale (see the ‘Santander UK group level – credit risk review’ section) for each

portfolio. On this scale, the higher the rating, the better the quality of the counterparty.

	Santander UK risk grade
	9	8	7	6	5	4	3 to 1	Other(1)	Total
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
SME and mid corporate	—	241	870	2,869	3,822	3,120	1,551	112	12,585
Commercial Real Estate	—	—	641	1,774	2,238	713	215	—	5,581
Social Housing	9	2,968	5,067	—	—	—	—	—	8,044
	9	3,209	6,578	4,643	6,060	3,833	1,766	112	26,210
Of which:
–Stage 1	9	3,209	6,577	4,577	5,552	2,351	184	107	22,566
–Stage 2	—	—	1	66	508	1,482	727	5	2,789
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	—	855	—	855
31 December 2023
SME and mid corporate	—	166	911	2,970	3,497	3,575	1,439	118	12,676
Commercial Real Estate	—	—	360	1,684	2,132	972	209	1	5,358
Social Housing	43	3,032	4,881	—	—	—	—	—	7,956
	43	3,198	6,152	4,654	5,629	4,547	1,648	119	25,990
Of which:
–Stage 1	43	3,130	6,152	4,618	4,715	2,363	141	118	21,280
–Stage 2	—	68	—	36	914	2,184	762	1	3,965
–Stage 3	—	—	—	—	—	—	745	—	745

(1)Typically smaller exposures which use scorecards instead of a rating model.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, committed exposure increased by less than 1%, driven by an increase in the Commercial Real Estate portfolio, which was up by 4.2%. The rating

distribution saw a slight improvement in Commercial Real Estate, with the SME and mid corporate portfolios broadly stable.

Credit performance

We monitor exposures that show potentially higher risk characteristics using our Watchlist process. The table below shows the exposures we monitor, and those

we classify as Stage 3 by portfolio at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023.

	Committed exposure
		Watchlist
	Fully performing	Enhanced monitoring	Proactive management	Stage 3	Total(1)	Loss allowances
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
SME and mid corporate	10,168	466	1,202	749	12,585	339
Commercial Real Estate	5,064	21	390	106	5,581	37
Social Housing	7,775	—	269	—	8,044	1
	23,007	487	1,861	855	26,210	377

31 December 2023
SME and mid corporate	10,140	462	1,447	627	12,676	341
Commercial Real Estate	4,734	10	496	118	5,358	39
Social Housing	7,752	—	204	—	7,956	—
	22,626	472	2,147	745	25,990	380

(1)Includes committed facilities and derivatives.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, Watchlist exposures decreased by £271m, driven by reductions in Proactive Management of 13.3%. The 31.9% (£65m) increase in Proactive

Management in the Social Housing portfolio was driven by a single borrower which was downgraded following concerns raised by the Social Housing regulators

rather than financial concerns.

PORTFOLIOS OF PARTICULAR INTEREST

Commercial Real Estate

In H124, committed exposure in our CRE portfolio increased by 4.2% and the rating distribution improved slightly. Watchlist exposures decreased by 18.8%,

driven by a small number of borrowers returning to fully performing. 

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc28

CORPORATE CENTRE – CREDIT RISK REVIEW

Committed exposures

Rating distribution

Corporate Centre committed exposures mainly comprise Sovereign exposures and Structured Products (High Quality Liquid Assets, mainly Asset Backed

Securities and covered bonds) managed as part of our Eligible Liquidity Pool. These are low risk, high quality, investment grade exposures with a credit rating of

8 or 9 according to our internal rating scale (see the ‘Santander UK group level – credit risk review’ section).

Geographical distribution

We typically classify geographical location according to the counterparty’s country of domicile unless a full risk transfer guarantee is in place, in which case we

use the guarantor’s country of domicile instead. At 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023 this is mainly focused in the UK.

Credit performance

We monitor exposures that show potentially higher risk characteristics using our Watchlist process. In Corporate Centre, committed exposures were all fully

performing at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc29

Liquidity risk

Overview Liquidity risk is the risk that, while still being solvent, we do not have the liquid financial resources to meet our obligations when they fall due, or we can only get them at high cost. Liquidity risk management In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage liquidity risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report. Liquidity risk review In this section, we analyse our key liquidity metrics and our wholesale funding. We also provide information on asset encumbrance. Key metrics RFB DoLSub NSFR of 132% (2023: 136%) RFB DoLSub LCR of 140% (2023: 157%) Wholesale funding with maturity <1 year £10.1bn (2023: £11.9bn) RFB DoLSub LCR eligible liquidity pool of £45.7bn (2023: £48.3bn)

LIQUIDITY RISK REVIEW

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

This table shows our LCR at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023.

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
RFB DoLSub LCR(2)	£bn	£bn
Eligible liquidity pool (liquidity value)(1)	45.1	47.8
Net stress outflows	(32.2)	(30.4)
Surplus	12.9	17.4
Eligible liquidity pool as a percentage of anticipated net cash flows	140%	157%

(1)The liquidity value is calculated as applying an applicable haircut to the carrying value.

(2)The RFB LCR was 142% (2023:159%).

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

Strong LCR of 140% (2023: 157%), reduced following TFSME repayments.

LCR eligible liquidity pool

RFB DolSub LCR eligible liquidity pool of £45.7bn (2023: £48.3bn) includes £26.0bn cash and central bank reserves (2023: £36.1bn).

Term duration in the LCR eligible liquidity pool is hedged with swaps to offset mark to market movements from interest rate changes.

RFB DoLSub Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	%
RFB DoLSub NSFR	132	136

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

We remained in a strong liquidity position. We held sufficient liquid resources and had adequate governance and controls in place to manage the liquidity risks

arising from our business and strategy. At 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023, the LCR and NSFR significantly exceeded regulatory requirements.

In H124, Santander UK purchased UK Gilts on a 'Hold-To-Collect-Cash-flows' basis. The notional value at 30 June 2024 was £1.5bn (2023: £nil).This means that

there is an increased allocation of liquid assets to longer-dated UK sovereign bonds to support ongoing HQLA requirements. In line with the rest of the LCR

eligible liquidity pool, term duration is hedged with swaps to offset mark to market movements from interest rate changes.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc30

FUNDING RISK REVIEW

Our funding strategy continues to be based on maintaining a conservatively structured balance sheet and diverse sources of funding to meet the needs of our

business strategy and plans. The CFO Division maintains a funding plan that complies with our LRA and regulatory liquidity and capital requirements.

Maturity profile of wholesale funding

This table shows our main sources of wholesale funding. It does not include securities finance agreements. The table is based on exchange rates at issue and

scheduled repayments and call dates. It does not reflect the final contractual maturity of the funding.

For details of the maturities of financial liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments, see Note 28 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

	≤ 1 month	>1 and ≤ 3 months	>3 and ≤ 6 months	>6 and ≤ 9 months	>9 and ≤ 12 months	Sub-total ≤ 1 year	>1 and ≤ 2 years	>2 and ≤ 5 years	>5 years	Total
30 June 2024	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to Santander UK plc(1)
Senior unsecured – public benchmark	—	—	—	—	0.4	0.4	3.2	5.6	0.5	9.7
–privately placed	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	0.1	—	0.1
Subordinated liabilities and equity (incl. AT1)	—	—	—	0.5	—	0.5	0.4	1.5	0.9	3.3
	—	—	—	0.5	0.4	0.9	3.6	7.2	1.4	13.1
Other Santander UK plc
Deposits by banks	0.4	1.1	—	—	—	1.5	—	—	—	1.5
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper	1.8	2.6	—	—	—	4.4	—	—	—	4.4
Senior unsecured – public benchmark	—	—	—	0.4	—	0.4	—	—	0.3	0.7
–privately placed	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	0.3	0.5	0.8
Covered bonds	—	0.4	1.0	0.9	—	2.3	3.8	9.6	1.2	16.9
Securitisation & structured issuance(2)	—	—	0.1	—	—	0.1	—	2.1	0.8	3.0
TFSME	—	—	—	—	—	—	9.1	3.9	—	13.0
Subordinated liabilities	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	0.7	0.7
	2.2	4.1	1.1	1.3	—	8.7	12.9	15.9	3.5	41.0
Other group entities
Securitisation & structured issuance(3)	—	—	—	—	0.5	0.5	—	—	—	0.5
Total at 30 June 2024	2.2	4.1	1.1	1.8	0.9	10.1	16.5	23.1	4.9	54.6
Of which:
– Secured	—	0.4	1.1	0.9	0.5	2.9	12.9	15.6	2.0	33.4
– Unsecured	2.2	3.7	—	0.9	0.4	7.2	3.6	7.5	2.9	21.2
Total at 31 December 2023	1.4	7.3	1.6	0.5	1.1	11.9	22.3	19.7	3.7	57.6
Of which:
– Secured	0.1	1.0	0.9	0.4	1.1	3.5	18.6	11.3	1.1	34.5
– Unsecured	1.3	6.3	0.7	0.1	—	8.4	3.7	8.4	2.6	23.1

(1)95% of senior unsecured debt issued from Santander UK Group Holdings plc has been downstreamed to Santander UK plc as ‘secondary non-preferential debt’ in line with the guidelines from the Bank of

England for Internal MREL.

(2)Includes funding from mortgage-backed securitisation vehicles where Santander UK plc is the asset originator.

(3)Includes funding from asset-backed securitisation vehicles where entities other than Santander UK plc are the asset originator.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc31

Term issuance

In H124, our external term issuance (sterling equivalent) was:

	Sterling	US Dollar	Euro	Other	Total H124	Total H123
	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn	£bn
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to Santander UK plc
Senior unsecured – public benchmark	—	—	—	—	—	1.0
Subordinated debt and equity (inc. AT1)	0.4	—	—	—	0.4	0.3
	0.4	—	—	—	0.4	1.3
Other Santander UK plc
Securitisations and other secured funding	0.8	—	—	—	0.8	0.8
Covered bonds	1.3	—	2.6	0.2	4.1	1.5
Senior unsecured – privately placed	0.2	—	—	—	0.2	—
	2.3	—	2.6	0.2	5.1	2.3
Other group entities
Securitisations	—	—	—	—	—	0.5
Total gross issuances	2.7	—	2.6	0.2	5.5	4.1

Encumbrance

Encumbrance of customer loans and advances

We issued securitised products to a diverse investor base through our prime mortgage-backed and other asset-backed funding programmes. We raised funding

with mortgage-backed notes, both issued to third parties and retained – the latter being central bank eligible collateral for funding purposes in other Bank of

England facilities. We also have a covered bond programme, under which we issue securities to investors secured by a pool of residential mortgages. For more

on these programmes, see Notes 14 and 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

Our level of encumbrance from external and internal issuance of securitisations and covered bonds increased in H124 to £33.2bn (2023: £27.9bn). For more,

see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report and Note 10 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc32

Capital risk

Overview Capital risk is the risk that we do not have an adequate amount or quality of capital to meet our internal business needs, regulatory requirements and market expectations. Capital risk management In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage capital risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report. Capital risk review In this section, we analyse our capital resources and key capital ratios. Key metrics CET1 capital ratio of 15.4% (2023: 15.4%) Total qualifying regulatory capital of £14.3bn (2023: £14.6bn)

CAPITAL RISK REVIEW

Meeting evolving capital requirements

We target a CET1 management buffer of sufficient size to absorb volatility in CET1 deductions, capital supply and capital demand whilst remaining above the

current and expected future regulatory CET1 requirement. Distribution restrictions would be expected to be applied if we were unable to meet both our minimum

requirement, which consists of the Pillar 1 minimum plus Pillar 2A, the CRD IV buffers consisting of the Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB), the Countercyclical

Capital Buffer (CCyB), and the Other Systemically Important Institutions Buffer (O-SII).

Key capital ratios

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	%
CET1 capital ratio	15.4	15.4
AT1	2.7	2.9
Tier 2	3.2	3.2
Total capital ratio	21.3	21.5

The total subordination available to Santander UK plc senior unsecured bondholders was 21.3% (2023: 21.5%) of RWAs.

Return on assets - profit after tax divided by average total assets was 0.22% (H123: 0.29%).

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

The CET1 capital ratio remained stable at 15.4%, following interim dividends paid in H124.

Regulatory capital resources

This table shows our qualifying regulatory capital:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
CET1 capital	10,305	10,443
AT1 capital	1,860	1,956
Tier 1 capital	12,165	12,399
Tier 2 capital	2,147	2,172
Total regulatory capital(1)	14,312	14,571

(1)Capital resources include a transitional IFRS 9 benefit at 30 June 2024 of £15m (2023: £43m).

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

We paid £554m interim dividends (2023: £1.5bn).

Risk-weighted assets

Total Risk-weighted assets at 30 June 2024 were £67.1bn (2023: £67.8bn), which are consistent with our regulatory filings.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

We completed a Significant Risk Transfer securitisation transaction covering a portfolio of CCB corporate and commercial real estate exposures. Further risk

reduction transactions will be considered to manage risk exposure and RWA levels.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc33

Market risk

Overview Market risk comprises banking market risk and trading market risk. Market risk management In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage market risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report. Market risk review In this section, we analyse our key banking and trading market risk metrics. Key metrics Net Interest Income (NII) sensitivity to +100bps was £119m and to ‑100bps was £(119)m (2023: £220m and £(220)m). Economic Value of Equity (EVE) sensitivity to +100bps was £(621)m and to ‑100bps was £599m (2023: £(299)m and £265m).

NON-TRADED MARKET RISK REVIEW

Interest rate risk

Yield curve risk

The table below shows how our net interest income would be affected by a parallel shift (both up and down) applied instantaneously to the yield curve at 30 June

2024 and 31 December 2023. Sensitivity to parallel shifts represents the amount of risk in a way that we think is both simple and scalable.

	30 June 2024		31 December 2023
	+100bps	-100bps	+100bps	-100bps
	£m	£m	£m	£m
NII sensitivity(1)	119	(119)	220	(220)
EVE sensitivity	(621)	599	(299)	265

(1) Based on modelling assumptions of repricing behaviour.

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, we continued to actively manage the structural position in line with non-rate sensitive liabilities in order to manage interest rate risk.

NII sensitivity is adversely exposed to down shock-scenarios driven by margin compression of core liabilities, offset by the structural position. EVE sensitivity is

adversely exposed to rising interest rate scenarios. In H124 EVE sensitivity increased and NII sensitivity decreased mainly reflecting the overall increase in the

structural position relative to non-rate sensitive liabilities.

TRADED MARKET RISK REVIEW

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, there were no significant changes to our traded market risk exposures. The Internal VaR for exposure to traded market risk at 30 June 2024 was less

than £1m (2023: less than £1m).

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc34

Pension risk

Overview Pension risk is the risk caused by our statutory contractual or other liabilities with respect to a pension scheme (whether set up for our employees or those of a related company or otherwise). It also refers to the risk that we will need to make payments or other contributions with respect to a pension scheme due to some other reason. Pension risk management In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage pension risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report.    Pension risk review In this section, we give an update on key movements in pension risk profile in H124.  Key metrics Funding Deficit at Risk was £860m (2023: £980m) Funded defined benefit pension scheme accounting surplus was £622m (2023: £723m)

PENSION RISK REVIEW

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

The underlying level of risk in the Scheme reduced during H124, primarily driven by increased interest and inflation hedging and the continuing disposals of

illiquid assets, including the sale of some private equity assets.

Risk monitoring and measurement

Our main focus is to ensure the Scheme achieves the right balance between risk and reward whilst minimising the impact on our capital and financial position. At

30 June 2024, the Funding Deficit at Risk decreased to £860m (2023: £980m), mainly due to the hedging noted above with the interest rate hedge ratio at 98%

(2023: 89%) and the inflation hedge ratio at 97% (2023: 82%) on a funding basis.

The impact from variations in the IAS 19 position on CET1 capital was not significant in H124. For more on the impact of our defined benefit schemes on capital,

see the 'Capital risk' section.

In H124, we adopted a new version of the model that we use to set the IAS19 discount rate. The updated model is based on an expanded data set which is

expected to improve the stability of the model. We also updated the mortality improvement assumption we use to value the floating leg of the longevity swap

following a mortality basis review carried out by the insurer and the Trustee.

Accounting position

The accounting position deteriorated in H124. The Scheme sections in surplus had an aggregate surplus of £622m at 30 June 2024 (2023: £723m) while there

was one section which had a deficit of £6m (2023: £41m). The overall funded position was a £616m surplus (2023: £682m surplus). We reported unfunded

liabilities of £24m at 30 June 2024 (2023: £25m). A number of factors caused the position to deteriorate over H124, with notable drivers being rises in gilt yields

reducing the value of the assets; a reduction in the value of the longevity swap following a change in the mortality assumption used to value the floating leg; some

decreases in return seeking asset values; and deterioration caused by pension increases being higher than expected based on our assumptions. These factors

were partially offset by a fall in the liability value, driven by the rise in the gilt yields and an increase in credit spreads, deficit contributions paid over the period,

and a change in Scheme actuarial factors following a review by the Trustee. There remains considerable market uncertainty and our position could change

materially over a short period.

For more on our pension schemes, including the asset allocation and our accounting assumptions, see Note 23 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial

Statements.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc35

Strategic and business risk

Overview

Strategic and business risk is the risk of significant loss or underperformance against planned objectives; damage arising from strategic decisions or their

poor implementation; an inability to adapt to external developments that impact the long-term interests of our key stakeholders.

Strategic and business risk management

In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage strategic and business risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report.   

Strategic and business risk review

In this section, we give an update on key movements in strategic and business risk in H124. 

STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS RISK REVIEW

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

We are in a constantly changing environment, and this impacts the way we do business. The geopolitical uncertainty continued due to the ongoing conflicts in

Ukraine and in the Middle East, as well as the outcomes of significant elections around the world. This slowed the pace of economic recovery. We managed our

balance sheet in a higher for longer interest rate environment and continued to simplify our operating model, which supports the transformation of our

organisation. We proactively reached out to our customers and gave them financial support where needed. We also helped our customers manage their finances

by providing them with multiple planning tools and financial health checks.

Our business model is focused on building customer loyalty, through being digital first with a human touch. We made progress in executing our transformation

programme with a key focus on improving customer experience, simplifying our products, digitalisation, automation and consolidation of platforms by leveraging

the Group’s common platforms. We continued to prioritise our customers’ needs, underlining our commitment to Consumer Duty.

Our climate ambitions and commitment to managing climate-related impacts are strategically important to our business. So far, we raised and facilitated £15bn of

Green Finance against our 2025 target of £20bn. Aligned to our commitment to support our customers, we launched three test and learn propositions. These are

a smart heating controls partnership with Tado, a solar partnership with Octopus and an enhanced EPC offering with Vibrant to support our mortgage customers

to decarbonise their homes.

Competitive pressures continued in H124, and we saw a renewed focus on Mergers and Acquisition activity with several relevant transactions in the UK banking

market in recent months. We remained competitive by launching new products such as our Edge Credit Card which offers cashback, 95% loan to value

mortgages for new builds and an improved mobile app for all our retail customers. We grew our business and corporate customers and gave them connections

to our global network to support their ambitions of overseas expansion. We continued to invest in our technology to provide a high-quality customer experience. 

Overall, we remain focused on securing good customer outcomes, improving efficiency, and building a responsible and sustainable business, while continuing to

progress with our agenda to tackle climate change. This will allow us to meet the changing needs of our customers and deliver improved returns over the long-

term.

Reputational risk

Overview

Reputational risk is the risk of damage to the way our reputation and brand are perceived by the public, clients, government, colleagues, investors, or any

other interested party.

Reputational risk management

In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage reputational risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report.   

Reputational risk review

In this section, we provide an update on key movements in reputational risk in H124.

REPUTATIONAL RISK REVIEW

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

In H124, our key reputational risks arose from prolonged cost of living pressures and a changing political landscape. To manage this, we regularly and proactively

shared information with key external stakeholders on the actions we took to support customers, colleagues and communities. Particular areas of external focus

included our support for customers facing financial difficulties and for mortgage holders.

We also faced significant scrutiny from the UK media on financial crime. To manage this, we responded promptly to enquiries and increased our engagement

with key journalists to proactively set our position.

We faced significant reputational risks arising from the Santander global data breach, even though the breach had no material effect on Santander UK. To

manage this, we worked closely with colleagues across the Group to develop communications for both external and internal audiences in order to mitigate risks.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc36

Operational risk

Overview Operational risk is the risk of loss due to inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or external events. Operational risk management In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage operational risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report. Operational risk review In this section, we give an update on key movements in operational risk in H124. Key metrics Operational risk losses (over £10,000) reduced by 45% compared to H123.

OPERATIONAL RISK REVIEW

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

Operational risk event losses

H124 losses remained within our risk appetite. We did not experience any material (greater than £10m) operational risk losses, with the exception of overall fraud

losses. We continued to maintain provisions to cover customer remediation programmes and their associated costs.

Business disruption

We continued to address the vulnerabilities identified as part of complying with the Operational Resilience regulatory requirements by March 2025, as described

in the 2023 Annual Report. This included embedding resilience through our business disruption response, including communication to our customers and

stakeholders. We continued acting on lessons learned from the analysis of live events and severe but plausible scenario tests. We progressed implementation of

a target operating model to support operational resilience. The Board approved our last annual operational resilience self-assessment in March 2024 and

regularly monitors our progress on enhancing all our operational resilience capabilities.

Cybersecurity

Information and cybersecurity remain a key focus. In H124 we experienced a reportable data breach at one of our suppliers affecting staff personal information.

We also responded to a number of other third-party incidents that did not result in notable impacts. We continued to enhance our threat prevention controls and

test our business area recovery plans against a range of scenarios. We continued to see increasing ransomware attacks across all sectors, driven by

compromises in supply chain tools, and we expect this trend to remain. We continued to invest in the right skills and resources to manage data and cyber risks,

and constantly monitor cyber threats, including those from the geopolitical environment.

Data management

In H124, we continued to monitor and mitigate data risk through enhanced governance structures and processes. The key focus is on continuing to build a strong

data foundation for the future by prioritising the critical data universe, supported by a new operating model including business process ownership with enhanced

focus on end-to-end controls. Our multiyear data programme is delivering in line with the data strategy driven by the Chief Data Officer, with a renewed focus on

improving the quality and architecture of the key data underpinning our critical business and regulatory processes.

Fraud

Fraud risk losses remain a material driver of our operational risk loss position, in line with the wider UK financial services industry. Social engineering techniques

used by fraudsters are a significant threat to customers and are outside of our controls. Authorised Push Payment (APP) fraud is our largest fraud type, and we

focus on preventative measures in response to increasing fraud attacks. In H124, we continued to enhance our preventative capabilities and our controls,

including further changes to our dynamic 'scam warnings' in our online banking payment process. We continued to focus on customer education, and a key part

of our strategy is presenting customers with tailored questions and warnings specific to their payment journey. We also played a collaborative role in fraud

management with industry partners, through UK Finance and Stop Scams UK, alongside our customer awareness campaigns on the most common fraud

scams.

IT

The importance of IT remains at the centre of our activities and we continued to progress a bank-wide programme to address key risks in our IT estate, including

increasing obsolescence, partly due to the fast pace of technological evolution. We expect the programme to deliver risk reduction over a two-year period and we

closely monitor improvements.

Legal

Our legal risk profile remained heightened but broadly stable in H124, reflecting the number and value of legal risks that we continue to manage. We continued to

evaluate and respond to the evolving legal and regulatory environment, including the implementation of the Consumer Duty in relation to off-sale products, the

introduction of the access to cash regime and APP fraud mandatory reimbursement regime under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2023 and the Digital

Markets, Competition and Consumer Act 2024. We expect the new government will introduce new legislation that is likely to impact the Santander UK group’s

business. We made substantial progress to align material third party contracts to PRA Supervisory Statement 2/21 and to enable international data transfers in

line with the Schrems II judgement. While litigated PPI claim volumes remained stable, we continued to prepare for the trial in March 2025 of the on-going large

scale complex PPI related litigation brought by AXA and to respond to initiatives by claimant law firms to re-open cases subject to the FCA redress regime for PPI

complaints. Litigation, FOS complaints and the FCA review relating to historical motor finance discretionary commission arrangements remained an area of

focus. There were no material developments in H124 in relation to the German criminal and tax investigation relating to historical dividend tax arbitrage

transactions. We continued to manage our legal risk in relation to thematic Court actions and FOS complaints related to fraud, mortgages and unaffordable

lending. For more, see Note 24 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

People

People risk continues to be affected by changes in our operating models and the execution of our strategies. We continued to adapt and respond to these risks;

in particular, the risks associated with the phased relocation of our Head Office to Unity Place in Milton Keynes, which are under close monitoring and

management. H124 continued to show lower levels of wellbeing-related absence. Attrition rates stabilised after periods of successive rises in 2022 reflecting the

buoyant job market. We continued to advocate hybrid working and encourage colleagues to attend our offices regularly. We also give support in response to the

impact of external economic factors on some colleagues.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc37

Outsourcing and third party supplier

We continued to rely extensively on third parties for a range of goods and services, provided by both Banco Santander and external suppliers. In H124, we

reassessed our major suppliers against a revised set of controls and implemented new metrics to manage our risk exposure.

Transformation and change

We continued our transformation to simplify, digitise processes and customer journeys, reduce costs, extend internal capabilities and ensure a resilient operating

model. This includes delivery against a broad transformation agenda with focus on cloud migration, further digitalisation and managing obsolescence. We are

also focusing on ensuring transformation and change is safely and sustainably transitioned into business as usual without unacceptable impact on our risk profile

underpinning strategic decisions.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc38

Financial crime risk

Overview

Financial crime (FC) risk is the risk that we are used to further financial crime, including money laundering, terrorist financing, sanctions evasion, bribery

and corruption, and the facilitation of tax evasion.

Financial crime risk management

In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage financial crime risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report.

Financial crime risk review

In this section, we give an update on key developments in financial crime risk in H124.

FINANCIAL CRIME RISK REVIEW

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

We take our financial crime responsibilities extremely seriously. Protecting the communities we serve from the social and economic impacts of financial crime

remains a top priority. The financial crime landscape continues to be complex, with evolving regulatory and legal requirements, geo-political factors and ever-

changing criminal methods influencing the risks we face. In H124, we:

–Continued maturing our financial crime oversight capabilities and our FC Centre of Excellence operations, to further integrate financial crime risk management

operations across the business.

–Maintained Board and Senior management focus on the management of financial crime risk as one of our top priorities, including through the Executive

Economic Crime Committee.

–Updated our financial crime policies and standards to reflect the latest external requirements and best practice, and to align with Banco Santander policy

requirements. We supported business areas with implementation guidance.

–Continuously reviewed our operations and processes to maintain appropriate responses to the fluidity and complexity of global sanctions regimes, deploying

supplemental technology in our screening processes.

–Continued efforts to simplify and digitise customer due diligence processes for new and existing customers.

–Introduced additional Transaction Monitoring Technology to increase the tools available to us to fight against modern slavery and human trafficking.

–Improved the data we hold for our customers through our remediation programme.

–Continued working with the Banco Santander Group to collaborate in sharing best practice and exploring opportunities to leverage its platforms and

technologies.

–Continued to play an active role across the public-private partnerships, working closely with government, trade bodies and industry on issues that may impact

our Financial Crime Compliance capabilities. This included extensive work across the sanctions portfolio, such as raising awareness across the Santander UK

group and joint work with the UK Government on identifying new risks and sanctions evasion methodologies. It also included horizon scanning and

engagement on ongoing and forthcoming legislation and on emerging jurisdictional and sectoral risks we face.

–Took part in external engagements and responded to key consultations, such as the HM Treasury AML Supervisory Reform and the Money Laundering

Regulations, and various Financial Action Task Force consultations.

–Continued engaging externally on critical strategic public sector documents, such as the implementation of the Economic Crime Plan 2 and Fraud Strategy,

forthcoming publications including the new UK National Risk Assessment, and ongoing work on system prioritisation within the economic crime ecosystem.

Model risk

Overview

Model risk is the risk that the predictions from models may be inaccurate, causing sub-optimal decisions to be made; or that a model may be used

inappropriately. These potential adverse consequences can lead to reputational damage, regulatory non-compliance, a deterioration in prudential position,

or financial losses.

Model risk management

In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage model risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report.

Model risk review

In this section, we give an update on key developments in model risk in H124.

MODEL RISK REVIEW

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

We maintain a risk-based approach to management and control, focusing on model monitoring and independent model reviews of our more material models,

such as those for credit losses and those with defined regulatory standards.

We continued work to fully embed requirements relating to the regulations introduced by the PRA in 2023 (Supervisory Statement SS1/23) that increased focus

on model risk management across the industry. We carried on developing our regulatory model suite in line with supervisory expectations, focusing on capital

adequacy. In H124, we implemented new impairment models for Retail Mortgages and CCB to embed long standing JAs into the models.

As part of our ESG commitment and the overall industry focus, we continued to develop our internal risk models that consider climate change risk factors with

longer forecast horizons. We intend to increase internal climate change risk expertise to reduce reliance on our external providers and to continue evolving the

models. This allows us to future proof capabilities for future regulation.

As the use of AI tools is increasing within the industry, we continued to develop a robust control environment to support these tools.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc39

Conduct and regulatory risk

Overview We manage the conduct and non-financial regulatory risk types in one framework. We do this to reflect their similarities. Conduct and regulatory risk management In H124, there were no significant changes in the way we manage conduct and regulatory risk as described in the 2023 Annual Report. Conduct and regulatory risk review In this section, we give an update on key developments in conduct and regulatory risk in H124. Key metrics Customer remediation provision was £73m (2023: £106m) Litigation and other regulatory provision was £104m (2023: £132m)

CONDUCT AND REGULATORY RISK REVIEW

30 June 2024 compared to 31 December 2023

The Conduct and Regulatory environment continues to see a demanding agenda. To fully consider customer and conduct impacts across our business, our

customers remain at the centre of our culture and purpose. We monitor and regularly review our customers' experiences and take action to ensure they receive

good outcomes.

As part of this, we:

–Continued to proactively contact customers who may be at risk of experiencing early signs of financial stress, to try and help them avoid longer term financial

difficulty by referring them to internal and external sources of assistance alongside ongoing customer engagement and support plans.

–Continued to focus on providing financial support for business customers. We continued to further evolve our Financial Support team and support to SMEs,

with increased investment in people and IT to ensure we continue to drive good outcomes for customers and can tailor help to our customers, whilst managing

the increased inflow of customers affected by cost of living pressures.

–Delivered a significant number of enhancements of our products and services across the business and support areas to align to the Consumer Duty

requirements. These include improving the clarity and understanding of communications, simplifying and digitising customer journeys, and adjusting fees and

charges in light of the new fair value requirements. In addition, we have designed, enhanced and implemented the necessary capabilities, processes and tools

to further evolve our monitoring and delivery of good customer outcomes.

–Continued to actively participate in schemes to ensure the long-term future of access to cash, including supporting the set-up of shared banking hubs and

wider engagement with LINK and industry partners.

–Assessed ongoing and new policy areas in the FCA's 2024/25 Business Plan. The FCA's key focus continues to be on reducing and preventing serious

consumer harm; setting and testing higher standards; and promoting competition and positive change. We continued to address these in our controls, product

and service processes and frameworks, to adapt in line with the evolution of a digital economy.

–Actively worked with the PSR, UK Finance, Pay.UK and other industry partners, on the PSR’s upcoming Mandatory Reimbursement regulations which comes

into force in October 2024. Our focus is ensuring consistent standards can be agreed across the industry whilst also ensuring our operational environment will

be ready for the implementation date and we are able to meet our obligations.

Like all UK banks, we continued to see a demanding regulatory agenda focused on consumer outcomes and customer vulnerability, including Consumer Duty.

We continued to evaluate the evolving regulatory environment, particularly given the Financial Services and Markets Act. Conduct risks will likely continue to rise

in the near and medium-term, as banks deal with increasing numbers of personal and business borrowers who are impacted by the rising cost of living under the

Consumer Duty framework.

When we implement change, we focus on ensuring that our strategy, leadership, governance arrangements, and approach to managing and rewarding staff

does not lead to a detrimental impact on our customers, competition, or to market integrity.

We also remain committed to protecting the personal data we collect and use, and respecting the data protection rights of our customers, our people and others

associated with us. Our data protection policy and processes reflect current data protection laws and regulations, and all employees, businesses and third-party

suppliers are required to comply with them.

For key movements in our financial crime risk profile, see the 'Financial crime risk review' section.

Accounting position

For more on our provisions, see Note 22 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements. For more on our contingent liabilities, see Note 24 to the

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc40

Financial statements
	Contents
	Primary financial statements	43
	Condensed Consolidated Income Statement	43
	Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income	44
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet	45
	Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement	46
	Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity	47
	Notes to the financial statements	48

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc41

This page left intentionally blank

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc42

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement (unaudited)

For the half year to

		30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	Notes	£m	£m
Interest and similar income		6,279	5,346
Interest expense and similar charges		(4,175)	(2,985)
Net interest income		2,104	2,361
Fee and commission income		370	401
Fee and commission expense		(242)	(251)
Net fee and commission income		128	150
Other operating income		63	83
Total operating income		2,295	2,594
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	3	(1,279)	(1,219)
Credit impairment charges	4	(61)	(105)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	4	(142)	(148)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges		(203)	(253)
Profit before tax		813	1,122
Tax on profit	5	(213)	(308)
Profit after tax		600	814
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent		600	814
Profit after tax		600	814

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc43

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Profit after tax	600	814
Other comprehensive (expense)/income that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently:
Movement in fair value reserve (debt instruments):
- Change in fair value	(29)	(12)
- Income statement transfers	39	8
- Taxation	(3)	1
	7	(3)
Cash flow hedges:
- Effective portion of changes in fair value	(412)	(1,187)
- Income statement transfers	72	1,112
- Taxation	95	21
	(245)	(54)
Net other comprehensive expense that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently	(238)	(57)
Other comprehensive (expense)/income that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently:
Pension remeasurement:
- Change in fair value	(159)	(160)
- Taxation	45	45
	(114)	(115)
Own credit adjustment:
- Change in fair value	(11)	(7)
- Taxation	3	2
	(8)	(5)
Net other comprehensive expense that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently	(122)	(120)
Total other comprehensive expense net of tax	(360)	(177)
Total comprehensive income	240	637
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent	240	637
Total comprehensive income	240	637

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc44

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (unaudited)

At 30 June 2024

		30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	Notes	£m	£m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks		26,875	38,214
Derivative financial instruments	7	1,131	1,432
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	8	249	262
Loans and advances to customers	9	203,043	207,435
Loans and advances to banks		1,040	1,080
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	11	15,319	12,468
Other financial assets at amortised cost	12	1,744	152
Macro hedge of interest rate risk		(1,034)	(632)
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income		8,618	8,481
Interests in other entities	13	266	245
Intangible assets	14	1,521	1,548
Property, plant and equipment	15	1,455	1,494
Current tax assets	5	557	490
Retirement benefit assets	23	622	723
Other assets		2,769	2,043
Assets held for sale	29	13	13
Total assets		264,188	275,448
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments	7	741	818
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss	16	973	899
Deposits by customers	17	184,874	190,850
Deposits by banks	18	16,499	20,332
Repurchase agreements - non-trading	19	6,623	8,411
Debt securities in issue	20	34,053	33,910
Subordinated liabilities	21	2,397	2,386
Macro hedge of interest rate risk		52	86
Other liabilities		3,269	2,479
Provisions	22	380	402
Deferred tax liabilities	5	154	186
Retirement benefit obligations	23	30	66
Total liabilities		250,045	260,825
Equity
Share capital		3,105	3,105
Share premium		5,620	5,620
Other equity instruments	25	1,860	1,956
Retained earnings		4,149	4,295
Other reserves		(591)	(353)
Total equity		14,143	14,623
Total liabilities and equity		264,188	275,448

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

The Financial Statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 8 August 2024 and signed on its behalf by:

Mike Regnier	Angel Santodomingo
Chief Executive Officer	Chief Financial Officer
Company Registered Number: 02294747

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc45

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (unaudited)

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax	813	1,122
Adjustments for:
Non-cash items included in profit	327	1,029
Change in operating assets	4,724	8,032
Change in operating liabilities	(10,898)	(9,355)
Corporation taxes paid	(171)	(295)
Effects of exchange rate differences	154	(437)
Net cash flows from operating activities	(5,051)	96
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	(176)	(235)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	91	78
Purchase of financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI	(7,017)	(3,417)
Proceeds from sale and redemption of financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI	4,875	2,088
Net cash flows from investing activities	(2,227)	(1,486)
Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of other equity instruments	400	—
Issue of debt securities and subordinated notes	5,135	2,326
Issuance costs of debt securities and subordinated notes	(14)	(10)
Repayment of debt securities and subordinated notes	(4,791)	(1,598)
Repurchase of other equity instruments	(500)	—
Dividends paid on ordinary shares	(554)	(410)
Dividends paid on preference shares and other equity instruments	(66)	(61)
Principal elements of lease payments	(20)	(34)
Net cash flows from financing activities	(410)	213
Change in cash and cash equivalents	(7,688)	(1,177)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period	42,502	46,484
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(14)	(197)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	34,800	45,110
Cash and cash equivalents consist of:
Cash and balances at central banks	26,875	39,612
Less: restricted balances	(1,330)	(2,076)
	25,545	37,536
Other cash equivalents: Loans and advances to banks - Non-trading	859	925
Other cash equivalents: Reverse repurchase agreements	8,396	6,649
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	34,800	45,110

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc46

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (unaudited)

For the half year to

				Other reserves
	Share capital	Share premium	Other equity instruments	Fair value	Cash flow hedging	Currency translation	Retained earnings
								Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	3,105	5,620	1,956	(6)	(348)	1	4,295	14,623
Profit after tax	—	—	—	—	—	—	600	600
Other comprehensive income/(expense), net of tax:
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments)	—	—	—	7	—	—	—	7
- Cash flow hedges	—	—	—	—	(245)	—	—	(245)
- Pension remeasurement	—	—	—	—	—	—	(114)	(114)
- Own credit adjustment	—	—	—	—	—	—	(8)	(8)
Total other comprehensive income/(expense)	—	—	—	7	(245)	—	(122)	(360)
Total comprehensive income/(expense)	—	—	—	7	(245)	—	478	240
Issue of other equity instruments	—	—	400	—	—	—	—	400
Repurchase of other equity instruments	—	—	(496)	—	—	—	(4)	(500)
Dividends on ordinary shares	—	—	—	—	—	—	(554)	(554)
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments	—	—	—	—	—	—	(66)	(66)
At 30 June 2024	3,105	5,620	1,860	1	(593)	1	4,149	14,143
At 1 January 2023	3,105	5,620	1,956	5	(1,128)	1	4,848	14,407
Profit after tax	—	—	—	—	—	—	814	814
Other comprehensive (expense), net of tax:
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments)	—	—	—	(3)	—	—	—	(3)
- Cash flow hedges	—	—	—	—	(54)	—	—	(54)
- Pension remeasurement	—	—	—	—	—	—	(115)	(115)
- Own credit adjustment	—	—	—	—	—	—	(5)	(5)
Total other comprehensive (expense)	—	—	—	(3)	(54)	—	(120)	(177)
Total comprehensive (expense)/income	—	—	—	(3)	(54)	—	694	637
Dividends on ordinary shares	—	—	—	—	—	—	(410)	(410)
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments	—	—	—	—	—	—	(61)	(61)
At 30 June 2023	3,105	5,620	1,956	2	(1,182)	1	5,071	14,573

The accompanying Notes to the Financial Statements form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc47

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The financial information in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts as defined in

section 434 of the UK Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements reflect all adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the

results of operations for the interim period. All such adjustments to the financial information are of a normal, recurring nature. Because the results from common

banking activities are so closely related and responsive to changes in market conditions, the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the

results that can be expected for the year.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial

Reporting', as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted in the UK, and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

sourcebook of the UK's Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). They do not include all the information and disclosures normally required for full annual financial

statements and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of Santander UK plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively

Santander UK or the Santander UK group) for the year ended 31 December 2023 which were prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting

Standards (IAS). Those consolidated financial statements were also prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued

by the IASB, including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there were no applicable differences from IFRS as issued by the IASB for

the periods presented.

The same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements as were

applied in the presentation of the Santander UK group’s 2023 Annual Report.

Future accounting developments

The IASB issued the following new/amended accounting standards which are not yet effective and have not been endorsed for use in the UK:

–Effective 1 January 2026: ‘Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments’ (Amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and

IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’) - the amendments set out changes to settling financial liabilities using an electronic payment system, assessing

contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets including those with environmental, social and governance (ESG)-linked features and requiring

additional disclosures for certain financial instruments.

–Effective 1 January 2027: IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’ – the new standard will replace IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial

Statements’ and introduces changes to the categories for classifying income and expenses and subtotals presented in the income statement and new or

amended disclosures in respect of management-defined performance measures and specified expenses by nature.

The Santander UK group is assessing these new/amended accounting standards to determine the potential impacts on the financial statements when they

become effective or if they are otherwise earlier adopted when available.

Going concern

In light of geopolitical and economic uncertainty, the Directors updated their going concern assessment in preparing these Condensed Consolidated Interim

Financial Statements. In making their going concern assessment, the Directors considered a wide range of information that included Santander UK's long term

business and strategic plans, forecasts and projections, estimated capital, funding and liquidity requirements, contingent liabilities and the reasonably possible

changes in trading performance arising from potential economic, market and product developments.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that Santander UK has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least

twelve months from the date of this report and, therefore, having reassessed the principal risks and uncertainties, the Directors consider it appropriate for the

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements to be prepared on a going concern basis.

Critical judgements and accounting estimates

The preparation of Santander UK's condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgements and

assumptions in applying the accounting policies that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in

making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based on amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgements and assumptions

are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable

under the circumstances.

There has been no change in the inherent sensitivity of the areas of judgement in the period. Management have considered the impact of developments in

principal risks and uncertainties, as set out in the Risk review, on critical judgements and accounting estimates.

The significant judgements, apart from those involving estimation, made by management in applying Santander UK's accounting policies in these financial

statements (key judgements) and the key sources of estimation uncertainty that may have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying

amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year (key estimates), which together are considered critical to Santander UK's results and financial

position, are as follows:

a) Credit impairment allowance

Key judgements	–Determining an appropriate definition of default
	–Establishing the criteria for a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) and, for corporate borrowers, internal credit risk rating
	–Determining the need for any judgemental adjustments
	–Determining the need to assess corporate Stage 3 exposures individually
Key estimates	–Forward-looking multiple economic scenario assumptions
	–Probability weights assigned to multiple economic scenarios

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see 'Critical judgements and accounting estimates applied in calculating ECL' in the ‘Credit risk –

credit risk management’ section of the Risk review in the 2023 Annual Report.

Sensitivity of ECL allowance

For detailed disclosures, see 'Sensitivity of ECL allowance' in the ‘Credit risk – credit risk management’ section of the Risk review.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc48

b) Provisions and contingent liabilities

Key judgements	–Determining whether a present obligation exists
	–Determining the likely outcome of future legal decisions
Key estimates	–Probability, timing, nature and amount of any outflows that may arise from past events

Included in Litigation and other regulatory provisions in Note 22 are amounts in respect of management’s best estimates of liability relating to a legal dispute

regarding allocation of responsibility for a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, and Plevin related litigation. Note 24 provides disclosure relating to ongoing factual

issues and reviews that could impact the timing and amount of any outflows. It includes disclosure relating to an investigation in relation to the historical

involvement of Santander UK plc, Santander Financial Services plc and Cater Allen International Limited (all subsidiaries of Santander UK Group Holdings plc) in

German dividend tax arbitrage transactions. It also includes disclosure relating to the historical use of discretionary commission arrangements by Santander

Consumer (UK) plc.

These judgements are based on the specific facts available and often require specialist professional advice. There can be a wide range of possible outcomes

and uncertainties, particularly in relation to legal actions, and regulatory and consumer credit matters. As a result, it is often not possible to make reliable

estimates of the likelihood and amount of any potential outflows, or to calculate any resulting sensitivities. For more on each of these key judgements and

estimates, see Notes 22 and 24.

c) Retirement benefit plans

Key judgements	–Setting the criteria for constructing the corporate bond yield curve used to determine the discount rate
	–Determining the methodology for setting the inflation assumption
Key estimates	–Discount rate applied to future cash flows
	–Rate of price inflation
	–Expected lifetime of the schemes' members
	–Valuation of pension fund assets whose values are not based on market observable data

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see Note 23.

Sensitivity of defined benefit pension scheme estimates

For detailed disclosures, see ‘Actuarial assumption sensitivities’ in Note 23.

The Scheme is invested in certain assets whose values are not based on market observable data, such as investments in private equity funds and property. Due

diligence has been conducted to support the values obtained in respect of these assets represent fair value. Given the nature of these investments, we are

unable to prepare sensitivities on how their values could vary as market conditions or other variables change.

d) Goodwill

Key judgements:	–Determining the basis of goodwill impairment testing methodology, including the need for planning assumptions and internal capital allocations
	–Identifying the indicators of potential impairment
Key estimates:	–Forecast cash flows for cash generating units, including estimated allocations of regulatory capital
	–Growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections
	–Discount rates which factor in risk-free rates and applicable risk premiums
	All of these variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond management’s control

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see Note 14.

Sensitivity of goodwill

For detailed disclosures, see ‘Sensitivities of key assumptions in calculating VIU’ in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc49

2. SEGMENTS

Santander UK’s principal activity is financial services, mainly in the UK. The business is managed and reported on the basis of four segments, which are strategic

business units that offer different products and services, have different customers and require different technology and marketing strategies. Geographical

information is not provided, as substantially all of Santander UK’s activities are in the UK.

Results by segment

For the half year to

	Retail & Business Banking	Consumer Finance	Corporate & Commercial Banking	Corporate Centre	Total
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Net interest income/(expense)	1,684	74	383	(37)	2,104
Non-interest income/(expense)	62	83	67	(21)	191
Total operating income/(expense)	1,746	157	450	(58)	2,295
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(999)	(77)	(205)	2	(1,279)
Credit impairment charges	(49)	(8)	(3)	(1)	(61)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(98)	(15)	(18)	(11)	(142)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(147)	(23)	(21)	(12)	(203)
Profit/(loss) before tax	600	57	224	(68)	813
Revenue/(expense) from external customers	1,686	360	264	(15)	2,295
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	60	(203)	186	(43)	—
Total operating income/(expense)	1,746	157	450	(58)	2,295
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income:(1)
–Current account and debit card fees	212	—	26	—	238
–Insurance, protection and investments	25	—	—	—	25
–Credit cards	45	—	—	—	45
–Non-banking and other fees(2)	2	14	37	9	62
Total fee and commission income	284	14	63	9	370
Fee and commission expense	(221)	(4)	(6)	(11)	(242)
Net fee and commission income/(expense)	63	10	57	(2)	128
Customer loans	175,262	4,880	18,084	—	198,226
Customer deposits	150,982	—	25,372	4,794	181,148

30 June 2023	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Net interest income	1,865	79	405	12	2,361
Non-interest income/(expense)	88	100	67	(22)	233
Total operating income	1,953	179	472	(10)	2,594
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(912)	(73)	(170)	(64)	(1,219)
Credit impairment charges	(55)	(14)	(36)	—	(105)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(106)	(3)	4	(43)	(148)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(161)	(17)	(32)	(43)	(253)
Profit/(loss) before tax	880	89	270	(117)	1,122
Revenue from external customers	1,856	313	364	61	2,594
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	97	(134)	108	(71)	—
Total operating income/(expense)	1,953	179	472	(10)	2,594
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income:(1)
–Current account and debit card fees	227	—	31	—	258
–Insurance, protection and investments	24	—	—	—	24
–Credit cards	49	—	—	—	49
–Non-banking and other fees(2)	1	12	53	4	70
Total fee and commission income	301	12	84	4	401
Fee and commission expense	(216)	(3)	(26)	(6)	(251)
Net fee/(expense) and commission income	85	9	58	(2)	150
31 December 2023
Customer loans	179,887	5,228	17,939	—	203,054
Customer deposits	158,329	—	24,066	5,050	187,445

(1)The disaggregation of fees and commission income as shown above is not included in reports provided to the chief operating decision maker but is provided to show the split by reportable segments.

(2)Non-banking and other fees include mortgages (except mortgage account fees), consumer finance, commitment commission, asset finance, invoice finance and trade finance.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc50

The table below shows the relationship between Customer assets and Loans and advances to customers as presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance

Sheet. Customer assets exclude Joint ventures, as they carry low credit risk and therefore have an immaterial ECL, and Other items, mainly accrued interest that

we have not yet charged to the customer's account and cash collateral. It also shows the relationship between customer liabilities (see above) and Deposits by

customers as presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

	Net carrying amount
	Assets		Liabilities
	30 June 2024	31 December 2023	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Customer balances (gross)	198,226	203,054	181,148	187,445
Loan loss allowance	(860)	(914)	—	—
Customer balances (net)	197,366	202,140	181,148	187,445
Intercompany balances	4,901	4,544	3,406	2,825
Accrued interest	434	739	1,002	830
Other items	342	12	(682)	(250)
Loans and advances to customers / Deposits by customers	203,043	207,435	184,874	190,850

3. OPERATING EXPENSES BEFORE CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGES,

PROVISIONS AND CHARGES

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Staff costs	641	611
Other administration expenses	488	474
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment	150	134
	1,279	1,219

4. CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGES AND PROVISIONS

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Credit impairment charges:
Loans and advances to customers	33	98
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs	8	4
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 22)	20	3
	61	105
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 22)	141	149
Charge/(release) for residual value and voluntary termination	1	(1)
	142	148
	203	253

In H124 and H123 there were no material credit impairment charges on loans and advances to banks, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements, other

financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc51

5. TAXATION

The Santander UK group’s effective tax rate for H124 was 26.2% (H123: 27.5%). Tax on profit differs from that calculated at the statutory rate as follows:

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Profit before tax	813	1,122
Tax calculated at the statutory rate of 25% (H123: 23.5%)	203	264
Bank surcharge on profits	23	44
Non-deductible preference dividends paid	4	5
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy	5	8
Non-deductible conduct remediation, fines and penalties	—	3
Other non-deductible costs and non-taxable income	2	3
Tax relief on dividends in respect of other equity instruments	(20)	(19)
Adjustment to prior year provisions	(4)	—
Tax on profit	213	308

Interim period corporation tax is accrued based on the estimated average annual effective corporation tax for the year.

The Santander UK group engages in discussion, and co-operates, with HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) in their oversight of the Santander UK group’s tax

matters. The Santander UK group has consistently applied the UK’s Code of Practice on Taxation for Banks following first adoption in 2010.

6. DIVIDENDS ON ORDINARY SHARES

An interim dividend of £554m was declared on the Company’s ordinary shares in issue (H123: £410m).

7. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The table below includes the notional amounts of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent actual exposures.

	30 June 2024			31 December 2023
		Fair value			Fair value
	Notional amount	Assets	Liabilities	Notional amount	Assets	Liabilities
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Derivatives held for trading:
Exchange rate contracts	13,170	91	97	12,927	92	217
Interest rate contracts(1)	25,892	326	549	28,351	389	583
Equity and credit contracts	727	141	19	765	133	20
Total derivatives held for trading	39,789	558	665	42,043	614	820
Derivatives held for hedging
Designated as fair value hedges:
Exchange rate contracts	1,398	40	1	1,145	29	2
Interest rate contracts	137,260	1,101	488	107,540	1,275	839
	138,658	1,141	489	108,685	1,304	841
Designated as cash flow hedges:
Exchange rate contracts	20,544	729	288	21,618	1,008	289
Interest rate contracts(1)	62,615	468	1,064	50,896	553	915
	83,159	1,197	1,352	72,514	1,561	1,204
Total derivatives held for hedging	221,817	2,338	1,841	181,199	2,865	2,045
Derivative netting(2)	—	(1,765)	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	(2,047)
Total derivatives	261,606	1,131	741	223,242	1,432	818

(1)Interest rate contracts include inflation rate contracts.

(2)Derivative netting excludes the effect of cash collateral, which is offset against the gross derivative position. The amount of cash collateral received that had been offset against the gross derivative assets was

£682m (2023: £472m) and the amount of cash collateral paid that had been offset against the gross derivative liabilities was £1m (2023: £12m).

At 30 June 2024, the fair value of derivative assets included amounts due from Banco Santander group entities of £484m (2023: £762m) and the fair value of

derivative liabilities included amounts due to Banco Santander group entities of £254m (2023: £230m).

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc52

8. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Loans and advances to customers	44	46
Debt securities	165	167
Other debt instruments	40	49
	249	262

9. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Loans and advances to customers	203,925	208,370
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers	(860)	(914)
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions on finance leases	(22)	(21)
Net loans and advances to customers	203,043	207,435

For movements in expected credit losses, see the 'Movement in total exposures and the corresponding ECL' table in the Santander UK group level - Credit risk

review section of the Risk review.

10. SECURITISATIONS AND COVERED BONDS

The information in this Note relates to securitisations and covered bonds for consolidated structured entities, used to obtain funding or collateral. It excludes

structured entities relating to credit protection transactions.

The gross assets securitised, or for the covered bond programme assigned, at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023 were:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Mortgage-backed master trust structures:
–Holmes	4,669	3,242
–Fosse	2,724	2,048
	7,393	5,290
Other asset-backed securitisation structures:
–Repton	766	757
	766	757
Total securitisation programmes	8,159	6,047
Covered bond programme:
–Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	25,030	21,880
Total securitisation and covered bond programmes	33,189	27,927

The following table sets out the internal and external issuances and redemptions in H124 and H123 for each securitisation and covered bond programme.

	Internal issuances		External issuances		Internal redemptions		External redemptions
	H124	H123	H124	H123	H124	H123	H124	H123
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Mortgage-backed master trust structures:
–Holmes	106	118	750	750	—	30	—	142
–Fosse	760	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Other asset-backed securitisation structures:
–Motor	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7
–Repton	—	—	—	550	—	—	—	—
Covered bond programme:
–Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	—	1,100	4,099	1,500	41	5	1,962	1,017
	866	1,218	4,849	2,800	41	35	1,962	1,166

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc53

11. REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS – NON-TRADING

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Agreements with banks	1,949	2,397
Agreements with customers	13,370	10,071
	15,319	12,468

12. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Debt securities	1,744	152
	1,744	152

A significant portion of the debt securities are held in our eligible liquidity pool and consist mainly of government bonds and covered bonds. In H124, Santander

UK increased the allocation of liquid assets to longer-dated, duration-hedged UK Gilts to support ongoing HQLA requirements. Detailed disclosures can be found

in the 'Liquidity risk' section of the Risk review.

13. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

There have been no significant changes to the Santander UK group's interests in subsidiaries, joint ventures and unconsolidated structured entities, as set out in

Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

14. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

At 30 June 2024, intangible assets comprised goodwill of £1,199m (2023: £1,199m) and computer software of £322m (2023: £349m).

At 30 June 2024, a review was performed to identify any potential impairment indicators for goodwill. No indicators of impairment were identified and so a full

impairment test was not performed for the half year.

Details of the sensitivity of value in use (VIU) to changes in assumptions, including changes required to achieve nil headroom, are set out in Note 20 to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

15. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

	Property	Office fixtures and equipment	Computer software	Operating lease assets	Right-of-use assets	Total(1)
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Cost:
At 1 January 2024	918	877	67	635	263	2,760
Additions	—	21	—	104	16	141
Disposals	(3)	(16)	—	(117)	(13)	(149)
At 30 June 2024	915	882	67	622	266	2,752
Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 January 2024	226	653	67	147	173	1,266
Charge for the period	11	32	—	37	9	89
Disposals	(2)	(15)	—	(41)	—	(58)
At 30 June 2024	235	670	67	143	182	1,297
Carrying amount	680	212	—	479	84	1,455

(1)Property, plant and equipment includes investment properties of £16m (2023: £17m).

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc54

16. OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Structured Notes Programmes	362	369
Structured deposits	518	426
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes	93	104
	973	899

17. DEPOSITS BY CUSTOMERS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Demand and time deposits(1)	181,468	188,004
Amounts due to other Santander UK Group Holdings plc subsidiaries	123	114
Amounts due to Santander UK Group Holdings plc(2)	1,778	1,772
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures	1,505	960
	184,874	190,850

(1)Includes capital amount guaranteed / protected equity index-linked deposits of £232m (2023: £304m).

(2)Includes downstreamed funding from our immediate parent company Santander UK Group Holdings plc.

18. DEPOSITS BY BANKS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Items in the course of transmission	973	732
Deposits held as collateral	578	860
Other deposits(1)	14,944	18,737
Amounts due to Santander UK subsidiaries	4	3
	16,499	20,332

(1)Includes balance drawn from the TFSME of £13.0bn (2023: £17.0bn).

19. REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS – NON-TRADING

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Agreements with banks	616	551
Agreements with customers	6,007	7,860
	6,623	8,411

20. DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE

                                                                                                               

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Medium-term notes	8,879	11,656
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	16,896	15,000
US $20bn Commercial Paper Programmes	2,968	2,761
Certificates of deposit	1,397	1,530
Credit linked notes	387	194
Securitisation programmes	3,526	2,769
	34,053	33,910

21. SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
£325m Sterling preference shares	343	343
Undated subordinated liabilities	205	205
Dated subordinated liabilities	1,849	1,838
	2,397	2,386

In H124, no subordinated liabilities were repurchased as part of ongoing liability management exercises. In H123, certain subordinated liabilities were

repurchased, resulting in a profit of £3m.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc55

22. PROVISIONS

	Customer remediation	Litigation and other regulatory	Regulatory levies and fees	Bank Levy	Property	ECL on undrawn facilities and guarantees	Restructuring	Other	Total
£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	106	132	—	—	47	78	32	7	402
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	6	4	41	—	—	20	13	83	167
Provisions released (See Note 4)	—	(4)	—	—	(1)	—	—	—	(5)
Utilisation and other	(39)	(28)	(1)	—	(13)	—	(27)	(76)	(184)
At 30 June 2024	73	104	40	—	33	98	18	14	380

Net provisions of £6m were recognised in H124 for customer remediations, relating to our mortgage book. The provisions remain subject to change as additional

data becomes available and remediation boundaries are finalised.

Litigation and other regulatory provisions principally comprised amounts in respect of litigation and other regulatory charges, operational loss and operational risk

provisions, and related expenses. A number of uncertainties exist with respect to these provisions given the uncertainties inherent in litigation and other regulatory

matters, that affect the amount and timing of any potential outflows with respect to which provisions have been established. These provisions are reviewed at

least quarterly.

In H124 there were charges of £4m for legal provisions. The balance also includes an amount in respect of our best estimate of liability relating to legal dispute

regarding allocation of responsibility for a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, further described in Note 24. No further information on the best estimate is provided

on the basis that it would be seriously prejudicial.

Regulatory levies and fees are payable to regulatory bodies such as the FCA, PRA and Bank of England in the ordinary course of business. In H124 there were

charges of £37m relating to the new Bank of England levy.

In H124, other provisions included charges for operational risk provisions of £71m (H123: £87m), including fraud losses of £54m (H123: £75m).

23. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet were as follows:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Assets/(liabilities)
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - surplus	622	723
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - deficit	(6)	(41)
Unfunded pension and post-retirement medical benefits	(24)	(25)
Total net assets	592	657

a) Defined contribution pension plans

An expense of £40m (H123: £33m) was recognised for defined contribution plans in the period and is included in staff costs within operating expenses (see Note

3).

b) Defined benefit pension schemes

The total amount charged to the income statement was £6m (H123: charge of £16m).

The amounts recognised in other comprehensive income were as follows:

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)	634	470
Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in demographic assumptions	(88)	—
Actuarial losses arising from experience adjustments	64	89
Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in financial assumptions	(451)	(399)
Pension remeasurement	159	160

The net assets recognised in the balance sheet were determined as follows:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Present value of defined benefit obligations	(7,725)	(8,201)
Fair value of scheme assets	8,317	8,858
Net defined benefit assets	592	657

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc56

Actuarial assumptions

The principal actuarial assumptions used for the Scheme were:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	%
To determine benefit obligations(1):
–Discount rate for scheme liabilities	5.2	4.6
–General price inflation	3.1	3.0
–General salary increase	1	1.0
–Expected rate of pension increase	2.9	3.0

	Years	Years
Longevity at 60 for current pensioners, on the valuation date:
–Males	27.1	27.0
–Females	29.8	29.8
Longevity at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40, on the valuation date:
–Males	28.7	28.6
–Females	31.4	31.3

(1) The discount rate and inflation related assumptions set out in the table above reflect the assumptions calculated based on the Scheme’s duration and cash flow profile as a whole. The actual assumptions used

were determined for each section independently based on each section’s duration and cash flow profile.

The majority of the liability movement in H124 was due to increased fixed interest gilt yields.

In H124, we adopted a new version of the model that we currently use to set the discount rate. The updated model is based on an expanded data set which

improves stability of the model.

Actuarial assumption sensitivities

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting

period, while holding all other assumptions constant.

		(Decrease)/increase
		30 June 2024	31 December 2023
Assumption	Change in pension obligation at period end from	£m	£m
Discount rate	50bps increase	(460)	(507)
General price inflation	50bps increase	348	385
Mortality	Each additional year of longevity assumed	201	223

24. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Guarantees given to third parties	420	452
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments	36,757	30,976
	37,177	31,428

Where the items set out below can be reliably estimated, they are disclosed in the table above.

Other legal, regulatory or tax matters

Santander UK engages in discussion, and co-operates, with the FCA, PRA, CMA and other regulators and government agencies in various jurisdictions in their

supervision and review of Santander UK including reviews exercised under statutory powers, regarding its interaction with past and present customers, both as

part of general thematic work and in relation to specific products, services and activities. During the ordinary course of business, Santander UK is also subject to

complaints and threatened legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of current or former employees, customers, investors or other third parties. In addition,

Santander UK is subject to audits, reviews, challenges and tax, regulatory or law enforcement investigations or proceedings by relevant regulators or government

agencies in various jurisdictions. All such matters are assessed periodically to determine the likelihood of Santander UK incurring a liability.

In those instances where it is concluded that it is not yet probable that a quantifiable payment will be made, for example because the facts are unclear or further

time is required to fully assess the merits of the case or to reasonably quantify the expected payment, no provision is made. In addition, where it is not currently

practicable to estimate the possible financial effect of these matters, no provision is made.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc57

Payment Protection Insurance

AXA France IARD and AXA France Vie (former GE Capital Corporation Group entities (GE Capital), known as Financial Insurance Company Ltd (FICL) and

Financial Assurance Company Ltd (FACL), acquired by AXA SA in 2015) (together, AXA France) have brought a claim for £552m (plus interest) against (i)

Santander Cards UK Limited (former GE Capital entity known as GE Capital Bank Limited (GECB), which was acquired by Banco Santander SA in 2008 and

subsequently transferred to Santander UK plc); and (ii) Santander Insurance Services UK Limited (a Banco Santander SA subsidiary) (together the Santander

Entities). The claim relates to the allocation of liability for compensation and associated costs in respect of a large number of PPI policies distributed by GECB

pre-2005, which were underwritten by FICL and FACL. AXA France reduced their claim from £670m (plus interest) to £552m (plus interest) in their Re-Re-

Amended Particulars of Claim dated 29 June 2023. The Santander Entities strongly refute the claim. Trial has been fixed for six weeks, beginning on 3 March

2025.

There are ongoing factual issues to be resolved which may have legal consequences including in relation to liability. These issues create uncertainties which

mean that it is difficult to reliably predict the outcome or the timing of the resolution of the matter. The litigation and other regulatory provision in Note 22 includes

our best estimate of the Santander Entities’ liability to the specific portfolio. Further information has not been provided on the basis that it would be seriously

prejudicial to the Santander Entities’ interests in connection with the dispute.

In addition, and in relation to PPI more generally, the PPI provision includes an amount relating to legal claims challenging the FCA’s industry guidance on the

treatment of Plevin / recurring non-disclosure assessments. This provision is based on current stock levels, future projected claims, and average redress. There

remains a risk that volumes received in future may be higher than forecast. The provision in Note 22 includes our best estimate of Santander UK’s liability for the

specific issue. The actual cost of customer compensation could differ from the amount provided. It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the risk

and amount of any further financial impact.

German dividend tax arbitrage transactions

In June 2018 the Cologne Criminal Prosecution Office and the German Federal Tax Office commenced an investigation in relation to the historical involvement of

Santander UK plc, Santander Financial Services plc and Cater Allen International Limited (all subsidiaries of Santander UK Group Holdings plc) in German

dividend tax arbitrage transactions (known as cum/ex transactions). These transactions allegedly exploited a loophole of a specific German settlement

mechanism through short-selling and complex derivative structuring which resulted in the German government either refunding withholding tax where such tax

had not been paid or refunding it more than once. The German authorities are investigating numerous institutions and individuals in connection with alleged

transactions and practices which may be found to be illegal under German law.

During H124 we continued to cooperate with the German authorities and, with the assistance of external experts, to progress an internal investigation into the

matters in question. From Santander UK plc’s perspective, the investigation is focused principally on the period 2009-2011 and remains on-going. There remain

factual issues to be resolved which may have legal consequences including potentially material financial penalties. These issues create uncertainties which mean

that it is difficult to predict the resolution of the matter including timing or the significance of the possible impact. These uncertainties mean it is not currently

practicable to make a reliable assessment of the size of any related potential liability. Any potential losses, claims or expenses suffered or incurred by Santander

Financial Services plc in respect of these matters have been fully indemnified by Santander UK plc, as part of the ring-fencing transfer scheme between

Santander UK plc, Santander Financial Services plc and Banco Santander SA.

SCUK - Motor Finance Broker Commissions

Following the FCA’s Motor Market review in 2019 which resulted in a change in rules in January 2021, Santander Consumer (UK) plc (SCUK) has received a

number of county court claims and complaints in respect of its historical use of discretionary commission arrangements (DCAs) prior to the 2021 rule changes. In

the context of the complaints made to the Financial Ombudsman Service relating to such commission arrangements, the FCA commenced in January a review

of the use of DCAs between lenders and credit brokers (the FCA review). A claim has also been issued against SCUK, Santander UK plc and others in the

Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT), alleging that SCUK’s historical commission arrangements in respect of used car financing operated in breach of the

Competition Act 1998. 

In July 2024, the FCA extended the timeline for its review to May 2025 and proposed an extension of the current pause on complaints handling related to

discretionary commission arrangements from September 2024 to 4 December 2025. While it is possible that certain charges may be incurred in relation to the

FCA’s review or related existing or future county court claims, Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS) complaints and the Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT)

proceedings, it is not considered that a legal or constructive obligation has been incurred in relation to these matters that would require a provision to be

recognised at this stage. The resolution of such matters is not possible to predict with any certainty and there remain significant inherent uncertainties regarding

the existence, scope and timing of any possible outflow which make it impracticable to disclose the extent of any potential financial impact.

Other

On 2 November 2015, Visa Europe Ltd agreed to sell 100% of its share capital to Visa Inc. The deal closed on 21 June 2016. As a member and shareholder of

Visa Europe Ltd, Santander UK received upfront consideration made up of cash and convertible preferred stock. Conversion of the preferred stock into Class A

Common Stock of Visa Inc. depends on the outcome of litigation against Visa involving UK & Ireland multilateral interchange fees (UK&I MIFs). The convertible

preferred stock is now held by Santander Equity Investments Limited (SEIL), outside the ring-fenced bank.

In addition, Santander UK plc and certain other UK&I banks have agreed to indemnify Visa Inc. in the event that the preferred stock is insufficient to meet the

costs of this litigation. Visa Inc. has recourse to this indemnity once more than €1bn of losses relating to UK&I MIFs have arisen or once the total value of the

preferred stock issued to UK&I banks on closing has been reduced to nil. Santander UK plc's liability under this indemnity is capped at €39.85m. At this stage, it

is unclear whether the litigation will give rise to more than €1bn of losses relating to UK&I MIFs which means it is not practicable to predict the resolution of the

matter including the timing or the significance of the possible impact.

As part of the sale of subsidiaries, businesses and other entities, and as is normal in such circumstances, entities within the Santander UK group have given

warranties and/or indemnities to the purchasers.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc58

25. OTHER EQUITY INSTRUMENTS

	Interest rate		30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	Next call date	£m	£m
AT1 securities:
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.75	June 2024	—	496
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.30	March 2025	500	500
- £210m Perpetual Capital Securities	4.25	March 2026	210	210
- £750m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.50	June 2027	750	750
- £400m Perpetual Capital Securities	8.75	Sept 2029	400	—
			1,860	1,956

26. ASSETS CHARGED AS SECURITY FOR LIABILITIES AND COLLATERAL

ACCEPTED AS SECURITY FOR ASSETS

Securitisations and covered bonds

As described in Note 14, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report, Santander UK plc and certain of its subsidiaries issue

securitisations and covered bonds through or involving structured entities. At 30 June 2024, there were £33,189m (2023: £27,927m) of gross assets in these

secured programmes and £1,637m (2023: £839m) of these related to internally retained issuances that were available for use as collateral for liquidity purposes

in the future.

At 30 June 2024, £3,753m (2023: £2,928m) of notes issued under securitisation and covered bond programmes had been retained internally, a proportion of

which had been used as collateral via third party bilateral secured funding transactions, which totalled £1,500m at 30 June 2024 (2023: £1,500m), or for use as

collateral for liquidity purposes in the future.

27. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Related party transactions in the period were similar in nature to those in Note 38 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report. The

financial position and performance of the Santander UK group were not materially affected in H124 by any related party transactions, or changes to related party

transactions, other than as disclosed herein.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc59

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

a) Measurement basis of financial assets and liabilities

Disclosures relating to fair value measurement and hierarchy, valuation techniques and the control framework and related aspects pertaining to financial

instruments at fair value are included in the 2023 Annual Report. Valuation, sensitivity methodologies and inputs at 30 June 2024 are consistent with those

described in Note 39 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

b) Fair values of financial instruments carried at amortised cost

The following tables analyse the fair value of the financial instruments carried at amortised cost at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023. Cash and balances at

central banks, which consist of demand deposits with the Bank of England, together with cash in tills and ATMs, have been excluded from the table as the

carrying amount is deemed an appropriate approximation of fair value. Details of the valuation methodology of the financial assets and financial liabilities carried

at amortised cost can be found in Note 39(d) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

	30 June 2024		31 December 2023
	Fair	Carrying	Fair	Carrying
	value	value	value	value
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Assets
Loans and advances to customers	200,648	203,043	205,917	207,435
Loans and advances to banks	1,040	1,040	1,080	1,080
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	15,315	15,319	12,470	12,468
Other financial assets at amortised cost	1,737	1,744	144	152
	218,740	221,146	219,611	221,135
Liabilities
Deposits by customers	184,436	184,874	190,632	190,850
Deposits by banks	16,524	16,499	20,382	20,332
Repurchase agreements - non-trading	6,626	6,623	8,413	8,411
Debt securities in issue	34,059	34,053	33,621	33,910
Subordinated liabilities	2,613	2,397	2,800	2,386
	244,258	244,446	255,848	255,889

c) Fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value

The following tables summarise the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023, analysed

by their levels in the fair value hierarchy - Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

		30 June 2024				31 December 2023
		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	Total	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	Total	Valuation
		£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	technique
Assets
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts	—	860	—	860	—	1,129	—	1,129	A
	Interest rate contracts	—	1,895	—	1,895	—	2,216	1	2,217	A & C
	Equity and credit contracts	—	104	37	141	—	98	35	133	B & D
	Netting	—	(1,765)	—	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	—	(2,047)
		—	1,094	37	1,131	—	1,396	36	1,432
Other financial assets at FVTPL	Loans and advances to customers	—	—	44	44	—	—	46	46	A
	Debt securities	—	165	40	205	—	167	49	216	A, B & D
		—	165	84	249	—	167	95	262
Financial assets at FVOCI	Debt securities	8,293	325	—	8,618	8,293	188	—	8,481	D
		8,293	325	—	8,618	8,293	188	—	8,481
Total assets at fair value		8,293	1,584	121	9,998	8,293	1,751	131	10,175
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts	—	386	—	386	—	508	—	508	A
	Interest rate contracts	—	2,101	—	2,101	—	2,336	1	2,337	A & C
	Equity and credit contracts	—	6	13	19	—	11	9	20	B & D
	Netting	—	(1,765)	—	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	—	(2,047)
		—	728	13	741	—	808	10	818
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL	Debt securities in issue	—	362	—	362	—	369	—	369	A
	Structured deposits	—	518	—	518	—	426	—	426	A
	Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes	—	93	—	93	—	104	—	104	D
		—	973	—	973	—	899	—	899
Total liabilities at fair value		—	1,701	13	1,714	—	1,707	10	1,717

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy

In H124 there were no significant (H123: no significant) transfers of financial instruments between levels of the fair value hierarchy.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc60

d) Valuation techniques

The main valuation techniques employed in internal models to measure the fair value of the financial instruments are disclosed in Note 39(b) to the Consolidated

Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

e) Fair value adjustments

The internal models incorporate assumptions that Santander UK believes would be made by a market participant to establish fair value. Fair value adjustments

are adopted when Santander UK considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated in the

valuation model.

Santander UK classifies fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The fair value adjustments form part of the portfolio fair value and are

included in the balance sheet values of the product types to which they have been applied.

The fair value adjustments are set out in the following table:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Risk-related:
- Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments	8	(6)
- Uncertainty	5	6
- Credit risk adjustment	—	1
- Funding fair value adjustment	—	1
	13	2
Day One profit	1	1
	14	3

Risk-related adjustments

Risk-related adjustments are driven, in part, by the magnitude of Santander UK’s market or credit risk exposure, and by external market factors, such as the size

of market spreads. For more details, see ‘Risk-related adjustments’ in Note 39(f) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

f) Internal models based on information other than market data (Level 3)

Valuation techniques

There have been no significant changes to the valuation techniques as set out in Note 39(g) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

Reconciliation of fair value measurement in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

The following table sets out the movements in Level 3 financial instruments in H124:

	Assets			Liabilities
	Derivatives	Other financial assets at FVTPL	Total	Derivatives	Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	36	95	131	(10)	(10)
Total gains/(losses) recognised:
Fair value movements(1)	6	(1)	5	(4)	(4)
Settlements	(5)	(10)	(15)	1	1
At 30 June 2024	37	84	121	(13)	(13)
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the period(1)	6	(1)	5	(4)	(4)

(1)Fair value movements relating to derivatives and other financial assets at FVTPL are recognised in other operating income in the income statement.

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives (Level 3)

There has been no significant change to the unobservable inputs and sensitivities used in Level 3 fair values as set out in Note 39(g) to the Consolidated

Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc61

29. ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

Assets held for sale

Sale of property

Management considered the sale of part of Santander House (Milton Keynes) under a proposed transaction with the developer for the construction of Unity Place

and Buckingham House (Bletchley), to be highly probable at the balance sheet date. As such, the Santander UK group classified these properties, which are

included in the Corporate Centre segment and carried at their sales prices, as held for sale. Both sales are expected to complete in 2024 with no gain or loss.

At 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023, assets held for sale comprised:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Assets
Property, plant and equipment	13	13
Total assets held for sale	13	13

30. EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

There have been no significant events between 30 June 2024 and the date of approval of these financial statements which would require a change to or

additional disclosure in the financial statements.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc62

Shareholder information
	Contents
	Board changes	64
	Glossary	64
	Forward-looking statements	64

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc63

Board changes

The following changes to the Board of Directors of Santander UK Group Holdings plc and Santander UK plc have taken effect in the year to date or have been

announced as a future change:

Angel Santodomingo was appointed to the Boards of the two companies as an Executive Director with effect from 5 March 2024, following receipt of regulatory

approval. Angel joined the two companies as Chief Financial Officer in December 2023.

David Gledhill will join the Boards of the two companies as an Independent Non-Executive Director (INED) with effect from 1 September 2024.

Glossary

There have been no significant changes from the glossary in the 2023 Annual Report. 

Forward-looking statements

The Company and its subsidiaries (together Santander UK) may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements. The Company makes written

forward-looking statements in this Half Yearly Financial Report and may also make forward-looking statements in its periodic reports to the SEC on Forms 20-F

and 6-K, in its offering circulars and prospectuses, in press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by its officers, directors or

employees to third parties.

By their very nature, forward-looking statements are not statements of historical or current facts; they cannot be objectively verified, are speculative and involve

inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and risks exist that the predictions, forecasts, projections and other forward-looking statements will not

be achieved. Santander UK cautions readers that a number of important factors, could cause actual results to differ materially from the plans, objectives,

expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements made by Santander UK or on its behalf. For more, see ‘Forward-looking

statements’ in the Shareholder information section of the 2023 Annual Report.

Please also refer to our latest filings with the SEC (including, without limitation, our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2023) for a

discussion of certain risk factors and forward-looking statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements when making decisions

with respect to any Santander UK member and/or its securities. Investors and others should take into account the inherent risks and uncertainties of forward-

looking statements and should carefully consider the non-exhaustive list of important factors in the 2023 Annual Report, and how it could affect our operations

and financial position. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made and are based on the knowledge, information available and

views taken on the date on which they are made; such knowledge, information and views may change at any time. Santander UK does not undertake any

obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

CEO review Financial overview Risk review Financial statements Shareholder information

Santander UK plc64

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,

thereunto duly authorized.

SANTANDER UK plc

By:	/s/ Mike Regnier
	Mike Regnier
	Chief Executive Officer

Dated: 12 August, 2024

XML

Cover Page	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	6-K
Entity Registrant Name	SANTANDER UK PLC
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jun. 30, 2024
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2024
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q2
Entity Central Index Key	0001087711
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31

XML

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement (Unaudited) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Profit (loss) [abstract]
Interest and similar income	£ 6,279	£ 5,346
Interest expense and similar charges	(4,175)	(2,985)
Net interest income	2,104	2,361
Fee and commission income	370	401
Fee and commission expense	(242)	(251)
Net fee and commission income	128	150
Other operating income	63	83
Total operating income	2,295	2,594
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(1,279)	(1,219)
Credit impairment charges	(61)	(105)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(142)	(148)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(203)	(253)
Profit before tax	813	1,122
Tax on profit	(213)	(308)
Profit after tax	600	814
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent	600	814
Profit after tax	£ 600	£ 814

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Statement of comprehensive income [abstract]
Profit after tax	£ 600	£ 814
Movement in fair value reserve (debt instruments):
- Change in fair value	(29)	(12)
- Income statement transfers	39	8
- Taxation	(3)	1
Other comprehensive income, fair value reserve (debt instruments)	7	(3)
Cash flow hedges:
- Effective portion of changes in fair value	(412)	(1,187)
- Income statement transfers	72	1,112
- Taxation	95	21
Other comprehensive income, cash flow hedges, total	(245)	(54)
Net other comprehensive expense that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently	(238)	(57)
Pension remeasurement:
- Change in fair value	(159)	(160)
- Taxation	45	45
Pension remeasurement, total	(114)	(115)
Own credit adjustment:
- Change in fair value	(11)	(7)
- Taxation	3	2
Own credit adjustment, total	(8)	(5)
Net other comprehensive expense that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently	(122)	(120)
Total other comprehensive expense net of tax	(360)	(177)
Total comprehensive income	240	637
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent	240	637
Total comprehensive income	£ 240	£ 637

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks	£ 26,875	£ 38,214
Derivative financial instruments	1,131	1,432
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	249	262
Loans and advances to customers	203,043	207,435
Loans and advances to banks	1,040	1,080
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	15,319	12,468
Other financial assets at amortised cost	1,744	152
Macro hedge of interest rate risk	(1,034)	(632)
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income	8,618	8,481
Interests in other entities	266	245
Intangible assets	1,521	1,548
Property, plant and equipment	1,455	1,494
Current tax assets	557	490
Retirement benefit assets	622	723
Other assets	2,769	2,043
Assets held for sale	13	13
Total assets	264,188	275,448
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments	741	818
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss	973	899
Deposits by customers	184,874	190,850
Deposits by banks	16,499	20,332
Repurchase agreements - non-trading	6,623	8,411
Debt securities in issue	34,053	33,910
Subordinated liabilities	2,397	2,386
Macro hedge of interest rate risk	52	86
Other liabilities	3,269	2,479
Provisions	380	402
Deferred tax liabilities	154	186
Retirement benefit obligations	30	66
Total liabilities	250,045	260,825
Equity
Share capital	3,105	3,105
Share premium	5,620	5,620
Other equity instruments	1,860	1,956
Retained earnings	4,149	4,295
Other reserves	(591)	(353)
Total equity	14,143	14,623
Total liabilities and equity	£ 264,188	£ 275,448

XML

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (Unaudited) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax	£ 813	£ 1,122
Adjustments for:
Non-cash items included in profit	327	1,029
Change in operating assets	4,724	8,032
Change in operating liabilities	(10,898)	(9,355)
Corporation taxes paid	(171)	(295)
Effects of exchange rate differences	154	(437)
Net cash flows from operating activities	(5,051)	96
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	(176)	(235)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	91	78
Purchase of financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI	(7,017)	(3,417)
Proceeds from sale and redemption of financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI	4,875	2,088
Net cash flows from investing activities	(2,227)	(1,486)
Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of other equity instruments	400	0
Issue of debt securities and subordinated notes	5,135	2,326
Issuance costs of debt securities and subordinated notes	(14)	(10)
Repayment of debt securities and subordinated notes	(4,791)	(1,598)
Repurchase of other equity instruments	(500)	0
Dividends paid on ordinary shares	(554)	(410)
Dividends paid on preference shares and other equity instruments	(66)	(61)
Principal elements of lease payments	(20)	(34)
Net cash flows from financing activities	(410)	213
Change in cash and cash equivalents	(7,688)	(1,177)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period	42,502	46,484
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(14)	(197)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	34,800	45,110
Cash and cash equivalents consist of:
Cash and balances at central banks	26,875	39,612
Less: restricted balances	(1,330)	(2,076)
Cash and bank balances at central banks less regulatory minimum cash balances	25,545	37,536
Other cash equivalents: Loans and advances to banks - Non-trading	859	925
Other cash equivalents: Reverse repurchase agreements	8,396	6,649
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	£ 34,800	£ 45,110

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Total	Share capital	Share premium	Other equity instruments	Fair value	Cash flow hedging	Currency translation	Retained earnings
Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2022	£ 14,407	£ 3,105	£ 5,620	£ 1,956	£ 5	£ (1,128)	£ 1	£ 4,848
Profit after tax	814							814
Other comprehensive (expense), net of tax:
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments)	(3)				(3)
- Cash flow hedges	(54)					(54)
- Pension remeasurement	(115)							(115)
- Own credit adjustment	(5)							(5)
Total other comprehensive income/(expense)	(177)				(3)	(54)		(120)
Total comprehensive income	637				(3)	(54)		694
Dividends on ordinary shares	(410)							(410)
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments	(61)							(61)
Ending balance at Jun. 30, 2023	14,573	3,105	5,620	1,956	2	(1,182)	1	5,071
Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2023	14,623	3,105	5,620	1,956	(6)	(348)	1	4,295
Profit after tax	600							600
Other comprehensive (expense), net of tax:
- Fair value reserve (debt instruments)	7				7
- Cash flow hedges	(245)					(245)
- Pension remeasurement	(114)							(114)
- Own credit adjustment	(8)							(8)
Total other comprehensive income/(expense)	(360)				7	(245)		(122)
Total comprehensive income	240				7	(245)		478
Issue of other equity instruments	400			400
Repurchase of other equity instruments	(500)			(496)				(4)
Dividends on ordinary shares	(554)							(554)
Dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments	(66)							(66)
Ending balance at Jun. 30, 2024	£ 14,143	£ 3,105	£ 5,620	£ 1,860	£ 1	£ (593)	£ 1	£ 4,149

XML

Accounting Policies

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Accounting Policies

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIESThe financial information in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts as defined in

section 434 of the UK Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements reflect all adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the

results of operations for the interim period. All such adjustments to the financial information are of a normal, recurring nature. Because the results from common

banking activities are so closely related and responsive to changes in market conditions, the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the

results that can be expected for the year.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial

Reporting', as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted in the UK, and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

sourcebook of the UK's Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). They do not include all the information and disclosures normally required for full annual financial

statements and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of Santander UK plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively

Santander UK or the Santander UK group) for the year ended 31 December 2023 which were prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting

Standards (IAS). Those consolidated financial statements were also prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued

by the IASB, including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there were no applicable differences from IFRS as issued by the IASB for

the periods presented.

The same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements as were

applied in the presentation of the Santander UK group’s 2023 Annual Report.

Future accounting developments

The IASB issued the following new/amended accounting standards which are not yet effective and have not been endorsed for use in the UK:

–Effective 1 January 2026: ‘Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments’ (Amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and

IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’) - the amendments set out changes to settling financial liabilities using an electronic payment system, assessing

contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets including those with environmental, social and governance (ESG)-linked features and requiring

additional disclosures for certain financial instruments.

–Effective 1 January 2027: IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’ – the new standard will replace IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial

Statements’ and introduces changes to the categories for classifying income and expenses and subtotals presented in the income statement and new or

amended disclosures in respect of management-defined performance measures and specified expenses by nature.

The Santander UK group is assessing these new/amended accounting standards to determine the potential impacts on the financial statements when they

become effective or if they are otherwise earlier adopted when available.

Going concern

In light of geopolitical and economic uncertainty, the Directors updated their going concern assessment in preparing these Condensed Consolidated Interim

Financial Statements. In making their going concern assessment, the Directors considered a wide range of information that included Santander UK's long term

business and strategic plans, forecasts and projections, estimated capital, funding and liquidity requirements, contingent liabilities and the reasonably possible

changes in trading performance arising from potential economic, market and product developments.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that Santander UK has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least

twelve months from the date of this report and, therefore, having reassessed the principal risks and uncertainties, the Directors consider it appropriate for the

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements to be prepared on a going concern basis.

Critical judgements and accounting estimates

The preparation of Santander UK's condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgements and

assumptions in applying the accounting policies that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in

making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based on amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgements and assumptions

are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable

under the circumstances.

There has been no change in the inherent sensitivity of the areas of judgement in the period. Management have considered the impact of developments in

principal risks and uncertainties, as set out in the Risk review, on critical judgements and accounting estimates.

The significant judgements, apart from those involving estimation, made by management in applying Santander UK's accounting policies in these financial

statements (key judgements) and the key sources of estimation uncertainty that may have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying

amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year (key estimates), which together are considered critical to Santander UK's results and financial

position, are as follows:

a) Credit impairment allowance

Key judgements	–Determining an appropriate definition of default
	–Establishing the criteria for a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) and, for corporate borrowers, internal credit risk rating
	–Determining the need for any judgemental adjustments
	–Determining the need to assess corporate Stage 3 exposures individually
Key estimates	–Forward-looking multiple economic scenario assumptions
	–Probability weights assigned to multiple economic scenarios

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see 'Critical judgements and accounting estimates applied in calculating ECL' in the ‘Credit risk –

credit risk management’ section of the Risk review in the 2023 Annual Report.

Sensitivity of ECL allowance

For detailed disclosures, see 'Sensitivity of ECL allowance' in the ‘Credit risk – credit risk management’ section of the Risk review.

b) Provisions and contingent liabilities

Key judgements	–Determining whether a present obligation exists
	–Determining the likely outcome of future legal decisions
Key estimates	–Probability, timing, nature and amount of any outflows that may arise from past events

Included in Litigation and other regulatory provisions in Note 22 are amounts in respect of management’s best estimates of liability relating to a legal dispute

regarding allocation of responsibility for a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, and Plevin related litigation. Note 24 provides disclosure relating to ongoing factual

issues and reviews that could impact the timing and amount of any outflows. It includes disclosure relating to an investigation in relation to the historical

involvement of Santander UK plc, Santander Financial Services plc and Cater Allen International Limited (all subsidiaries of Santander UK Group Holdings plc) in

German dividend tax arbitrage transactions. It also includes disclosure relating to the historical use of discretionary commission arrangements by Santander

Consumer (UK) plc.

These judgements are based on the specific facts available and often require specialist professional advice. There can be a wide range of possible outcomes

and uncertainties, particularly in relation to legal actions, and regulatory and consumer credit matters. As a result, it is often not possible to make reliable

estimates of the likelihood and amount of any potential outflows, or to calculate any resulting sensitivities. For more on each of these key judgements and

estimates, see Notes 22 and 24.

c) Retirement benefit plans

Key judgements	–Setting the criteria for constructing the corporate bond yield curve used to determine the discount rate
	–Determining the methodology for setting the inflation assumption
Key estimates	–Discount rate applied to future cash flows
	–Rate of price inflation
	–Expected lifetime of the schemes' members
	–Valuation of pension fund assets whose values are not based on market observable data

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see Note 23.

Sensitivity of defined benefit pension scheme estimates

For detailed disclosures, see ‘Actuarial assumption sensitivities’ in Note 23.

The Scheme is invested in certain assets whose values are not based on market observable data, such as investments in private equity funds and property. Due

diligence has been conducted to support the values obtained in respect of these assets represent fair value. Given the nature of these investments, we are

unable to prepare sensitivities on how their values could vary as market conditions or other variables change.

d) Goodwill

Key judgements:	–Determining the basis of goodwill impairment testing methodology, including the need for planning assumptions and internal capital allocations
	–Identifying the indicators of potential impairment
Key estimates:	–Forecast cash flows for cash generating units, including estimated allocations of regulatory capital
	–Growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections
	–Discount rates which factor in risk-free rates and applicable risk premiums
	All of these variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond management’s control

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see Note 14.

Sensitivity of goodwill

For detailed disclosures, see ‘Sensitivities of key assumptions in calculating VIU’ in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

XML

Segments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of operating segments [abstract]

Segments

2. SEGMENTS

Santander UK’s principal activity is financial services, mainly in the UK. The business is managed and reported on the basis of four segments, which are strategic

business units that offer different products and services, have different customers and require different technology and marketing strategies. Geographical

information is not provided, as substantially all of Santander UK’s activities are in the UK.

Results by segment

For the half year to

	Retail & Business Banking	Consumer Finance	Corporate & Commercial Banking	Corporate Centre	Total
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Net interest income/(expense)	1,684	74	383	(37)	2,104
Non-interest income/(expense)	62	83	67	(21)	191
Total operating income/(expense)	1,746	157	450	(58)	2,295
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(999)	(77)	(205)	2	(1,279)
Credit impairment charges	(49)	(8)	(3)	(1)	(61)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(98)	(15)	(18)	(11)	(142)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(147)	(23)	(21)	(12)	(203)
Profit/(loss) before tax	600	57	224	(68)	813
Revenue/(expense) from external customers	1,686	360	264	(15)	2,295
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	60	(203)	186	(43)	—
Total operating income/(expense)	1,746	157	450	(58)	2,295
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income:(1)
–Current account and debit card fees	212	—	26	—	238
–Insurance, protection and investments	25	—	—	—	25
–Credit cards	45	—	—	—	45
–Non-banking and other fees(2)	2	14	37	9	62
Total fee and commission income	284	14	63	9	370
Fee and commission expense	(221)	(4)	(6)	(11)	(242)
Net fee and commission income/(expense)	63	10	57	(2)	128
Customer loans	175,262	4,880	18,084	—	198,226
Customer deposits	150,982	—	25,372	4,794	181,148

30 June 2023	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Net interest income	1,865	79	405	12	2,361
Non-interest income/(expense)	88	100	67	(22)	233
Total operating income	1,953	179	472	(10)	2,594
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(912)	(73)	(170)	(64)	(1,219)
Credit impairment charges	(55)	(14)	(36)	—	(105)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(106)	(3)	4	(43)	(148)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(161)	(17)	(32)	(43)	(253)
Profit/(loss) before tax	880	89	270	(117)	1,122
Revenue from external customers	1,856	313	364	61	2,594
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	97	(134)	108	(71)	—
Total operating income/(expense)	1,953	179	472	(10)	2,594
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income:(1)
–Current account and debit card fees	227	—	31	—	258
–Insurance, protection and investments	24	—	—	—	24
–Credit cards	49	—	—	—	49
–Non-banking and other fees(2)	1	12	53	4	70
Total fee and commission income	301	12	84	4	401
Fee and commission expense	(216)	(3)	(26)	(6)	(251)
Net fee/(expense) and commission income	85	9	58	(2)	150
31 December 2023
Customer loans	179,887	5,228	17,939	—	203,054
Customer deposits	158,329	—	24,066	5,050	187,445

(1)The disaggregation of fees and commission income as shown above is not included in reports provided to the chief operating decision maker but is provided to show the split by reportable segments.

(2)Non-banking and other fees include mortgages (except mortgage account fees), consumer finance, commitment commission, asset finance, invoice finance and trade finance.

The table below shows the relationship between Customer assets and Loans and advances to customers as presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance

Sheet. Customer assets exclude Joint ventures, as they carry low credit risk and therefore have an immaterial ECL, and Other items, mainly accrued interest that

we have not yet charged to the customer's account and cash collateral. It also shows the relationship between customer liabilities (see above) and Deposits by

customers as presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

	Net carrying amount
	Assets		Liabilities
	30 June 2024	31 December 2023	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Customer balances (gross)	198,226	203,054	181,148	187,445
Loan loss allowance	(860)	(914)	—	—
Customer balances (net)	197,366	202,140	181,148	187,445
Intercompany balances	4,901	4,544	3,406	2,825
Accrued interest	434	739	1,002	830
Other items	342	12	(682)	(250)
Loans and advances to customers / Deposits by customers	203,043	207,435	184,874	190,850

XML

Operating Expenses Before Credit Impairment Charges, Provisions and Charges

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Expenses by nature [abstract]

Operating Expenses Before Credit Impairment Charges, Provisions and Charges

3. OPERATING EXPENSES BEFORE CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGES,

PROVISIONS AND CHARGES

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Staff costs	641	611
Other administration expenses	488	474
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment	150	134
	1,279	1,219

XML

Credit Impairment Charges and Provisions

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Credit Impairment Loss And Provisions [Abstract]

Credit Impairment Charges and Provisions

4. CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGES AND PROVISIONS

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Credit impairment charges:
Loans and advances to customers	33	98
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs	8	4
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 22)	20	3
	61	105
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 22)	141	149
Charge/(release) for residual value and voluntary termination	1	(1)
	142	148
	203	253

In H124 and H123 there were no material credit impairment charges on loans and advances to banks, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements, other

financial assets at amortised cost and financial assets at FVOCI.

XML

Taxation

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Major components of tax expense (income) [abstract]

Taxation

5. TAXATION

The Santander UK group’s effective tax rate for H124 was 26.2% (H123: 27.5%). Tax on profit differs from that calculated at the statutory rate as follows:

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Profit before tax	813	1,122
Tax calculated at the statutory rate of 25% (H123: 23.5%)	203	264
Bank surcharge on profits	23	44
Non-deductible preference dividends paid	4	5
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy	5	8
Non-deductible conduct remediation, fines and penalties	—	3
Other non-deductible costs and non-taxable income	2	3
Tax relief on dividends in respect of other equity instruments	(20)	(19)
Adjustment to prior year provisions	(4)	—
Tax on profit	213	308

Interim period corporation tax is accrued based on the estimated average annual effective corporation tax for the year.

The Santander UK group engages in discussion, and co-operates, with HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) in their oversight of the Santander UK group’s tax

matters. The Santander UK group has consistently applied the UK’s Code of Practice on Taxation for Banks following first adoption in 2010.

XML

Dividends on Ordinary Shares

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Dividends On Ordinary Shares [Abstract]

Dividends on Ordinary Shares

6. DIVIDENDS ON ORDINARY SHARES

An interim dividend of £554m was declared on the Company’s ordinary shares in issue (H123: £410m).

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments [abstract]

Derivative Financial Instruments

7. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The table below includes the notional amounts of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent actual exposures.

	30 June 2024			31 December 2023
		Fair value			Fair value
	Notional amount	Assets	Liabilities	Notional amount	Assets	Liabilities
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Derivatives held for trading:
Exchange rate contracts	13,170	91	97	12,927	92	217
Interest rate contracts(1)	25,892	326	549	28,351	389	583
Equity and credit contracts	727	141	19	765	133	20
Total derivatives held for trading	39,789	558	665	42,043	614	820
Derivatives held for hedging
Designated as fair value hedges:
Exchange rate contracts	1,398	40	1	1,145	29	2
Interest rate contracts	137,260	1,101	488	107,540	1,275	839
	138,658	1,141	489	108,685	1,304	841
Designated as cash flow hedges:
Exchange rate contracts	20,544	729	288	21,618	1,008	289
Interest rate contracts(1)	62,615	468	1,064	50,896	553	915
	83,159	1,197	1,352	72,514	1,561	1,204
Total derivatives held for hedging	221,817	2,338	1,841	181,199	2,865	2,045
Derivative netting(2)	—	(1,765)	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	(2,047)
Total derivatives	261,606	1,131	741	223,242	1,432	818

(1)Interest rate contracts include inflation rate contracts.

(2)Derivative netting excludes the effect of cash collateral, which is offset against the gross derivative position. The amount of cash collateral received that had been offset against the gross derivative assets was

£682m (2023: £472m) and the amount of cash collateral paid that had been offset against the gross derivative liabilities was £1m (2023: £12m).

At 30 June 2024, the fair value of derivative assets included amounts due from Banco Santander group entities of £484m (2023: £762m) and the fair value of

derivative liabilities included amounts due to Banco Santander group entities of £254m (2023: £230m).

XML

Other Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss [abstract]

Other Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss

8. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Loans and advances to customers	44	46
Debt securities	165	167
Other debt instruments	40	49
	249	262

XML

Loans and Advances to Customers

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Net Loans And Advances To Customers [Abstract]

Loans and Advances to Customers

9. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Loans and advances to customers	203,925	208,370
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers	(860)	(914)
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions on finance leases	(22)	(21)
Net loans and advances to customers	203,043	207,435

For movements in expected credit losses, see the 'Movement in total exposures and the corresponding ECL' table in the Santander UK group level - Credit risk

review section of the Risk review.

XML

Securitisations and Covered Bonds

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Abstract]

Securitisations and covered bonds

10. SECURITISATIONS AND COVERED BONDS

The information in this Note relates to securitisations and covered bonds for consolidated structured entities, used to obtain funding or collateral. It excludes

structured entities relating to credit protection transactions.

The gross assets securitised, or for the covered bond programme assigned, at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023 were:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Mortgage-backed master trust structures:
–Holmes	4,669	3,242
–Fosse	2,724	2,048
	7,393	5,290
Other asset-backed securitisation structures:
–Repton	766	757
	766	757
Total securitisation programmes	8,159	6,047
Covered bond programme:
–Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	25,030	21,880
Total securitisation and covered bond programmes	33,189	27,927

The following table sets out the internal and external issuances and redemptions in H124 and H123 for each securitisation and covered bond programme.

	Internal issuances		External issuances		Internal redemptions		External redemptions
	H124	H123	H124	H123	H124	H123	H124	H123
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Mortgage-backed master trust structures:
–Holmes	106	118	750	750	—	30	—	142
–Fosse	760	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Other asset-backed securitisation structures:
–Motor	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7
–Repton	—	—	—	550	—	—	—	—
Covered bond programme:
–Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	—	1,100	4,099	1,500	41	5	1,962	1,017
	866	1,218	4,849	2,800	41	35	1,962	1,166

XML

Reverse Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Reserve Repurchase Agreements Non-Trading [Abstract]

Reverse Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading

11. REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS – NON-TRADING

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Agreements with banks	1,949	2,397
Agreements with customers	13,370	10,071
	15,319	12,468

XML

Other Financial Assets at Amortised Cost

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss [abstract]

Other Financial Assets at Amortised Cost

12. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Debt securities	1,744	152
	1,744	152

A significant portion of the debt securities are held in our eligible liquidity pool and consist mainly of government bonds and covered bonds. In H124, Santander

UK increased the allocation of liquid assets to longer-dated, duration-hedged UK Gilts to support ongoing HQLA requirements. Detailed disclosures can be found

in the 'Liquidity risk' section of the Risk review.

XML

Interests in Other Entities

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Investments accounted for using equity method [abstract]

Interests in Other Entities

13. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

There have been no significant changes to the Santander UK group's interests in subsidiaries, joint ventures and unconsolidated structured entities, as set out in

Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

XML

Intangible Assets

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of detailed information about intangible assets [abstract]

Intangible Assets

14. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

At 30 June 2024, intangible assets comprised goodwill of £1,199m (2023: £1,199m) and computer software of £322m (2023: £349m).

At 30 June 2024, a review was performed to identify any potential impairment indicators for goodwill. No indicators of impairment were identified and so a full

impairment test was not performed for the half year.

Details of the sensitivity of value in use (VIU) to changes in assumptions, including changes required to achieve nil headroom, are set out in Note 20 to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Property, plant and equipment [abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment

15. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

	Property	Office fixtures and equipment	Computer software	Operating lease assets	Right-of-use assets	Total(1)
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Cost:
At 1 January 2024	918	877	67	635	263	2,760
Additions	—	21	—	104	16	141
Disposals	(3)	(16)	—	(117)	(13)	(149)
At 30 June 2024	915	882	67	622	266	2,752
Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 January 2024	226	653	67	147	173	1,266
Charge for the period	11	32	—	37	9	89
Disposals	(2)	(15)	—	(41)	—	(58)
At 30 June 2024	235	670	67	143	182	1,297
Carrying amount	680	212	—	479	84	1,455

(1)Property, plant and equipment includes investment properties of £16m (2023: £17m).

XML

Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of financial liabilities [abstract]

Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss

16. OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Structured Notes Programmes	362	369
Structured deposits	518	426
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes	93	104
	973	899

XML

Deposits by Customers

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Deposits from customers [abstract]

Deposits by Customers

17. DEPOSITS BY CUSTOMERS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Demand and time deposits(1)	181,468	188,004
Amounts due to other Santander UK Group Holdings plc subsidiaries	123	114
Amounts due to Santander UK Group Holdings plc(2)	1,778	1,772
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures	1,505	960
	184,874	190,850

(1)Includes capital amount guaranteed / protected equity index-linked deposits of £232m (2023: £304m).

(2)Includes downstreamed funding from our immediate parent company Santander UK Group Holdings plc.

XML

Deposits by Banks

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Deposits From Banks [Abstract]

Deposits by Banks

18. DEPOSITS BY BANKS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Items in the course of transmission	973	732
Deposits held as collateral	578	860
Other deposits(1)	14,944	18,737
Amounts due to Santander UK subsidiaries	4	3
	16,499	20,332

(1)Includes balance drawn from the TFSME of £13.0bn (2023: £17.0bn).

XML

Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Repurchase Agreements [Abstract]

Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading

19. REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS – NON-TRADING

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Agreements with banks	616	551
Agreements with customers	6,007	7,860
	6,623	8,411

XML

Debt Securities in Issue

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Debt Securities In Issue [Abstract]

Debt Securities in Issue

20. DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE

                                                                                                               

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Medium-term notes	8,879	11,656
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	16,896	15,000
US $20bn Commercial Paper Programmes	2,968	2,761
Certificates of deposit	1,397	1,530
Credit linked notes	387	194
Securitisation programmes	3,526	2,769
	34,053	33,910

XML

Subordinated Liabilities

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Subordinated liabilities [abstract]

Subordinated Liabilities

21. SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
£325m Sterling preference shares	343	343
Undated subordinated liabilities	205	205
Dated subordinated liabilities	1,849	1,838
	2,397	2,386

In H124, no subordinated liabilities were repurchased as part of ongoing liability management exercises. In H123, certain subordinated liabilities were

repurchased, resulting in a profit of £3m.

XML

Provisions

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of other provisions [abstract]

Provisions

22. PROVISIONS

	Customer remediation	Litigation and other regulatory	Regulatory levies and fees	Bank Levy	Property	ECL on undrawn facilities and guarantees	Restructuring	Other	Total
£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	106	132	—	—	47	78	32	7	402
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	6	4	41	—	—	20	13	83	167
Provisions released (See Note 4)	—	(4)	—	—	(1)	—	—	—	(5)
Utilisation and other	(39)	(28)	(1)	—	(13)	—	(27)	(76)	(184)
At 30 June 2024	73	104	40	—	33	98	18	14	380

Net provisions of £6m were recognised in H124 for customer remediations, relating to our mortgage book. The provisions remain subject to change as additional

data becomes available and remediation boundaries are finalised.

Litigation and other regulatory provisions principally comprised amounts in respect of litigation and other regulatory charges, operational loss and operational risk

provisions, and related expenses. A number of uncertainties exist with respect to these provisions given the uncertainties inherent in litigation and other regulatory

matters, that affect the amount and timing of any potential outflows with respect to which provisions have been established. These provisions are reviewed at

least quarterly.

In H124 there were charges of £4m for legal provisions. The balance also includes an amount in respect of our best estimate of liability relating to legal dispute

regarding allocation of responsibility for a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, further described in Note 24. No further information on the best estimate is provided

on the basis that it would be seriously prejudicial.

Regulatory levies and fees are payable to regulatory bodies such as the FCA, PRA and Bank of England in the ordinary course of business. In H124 there were

charges of £37m relating to the new Bank of England levy.

In H124, other provisions included charges for operational risk provisions of £71m (H123: £87m), including fraud losses of £54m (H123: £75m).

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of net defined benefit liability (asset) [abstract]

Retirement Benefit Plans

23. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet were as follows:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Assets/(liabilities)
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - surplus	622	723
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - deficit	(6)	(41)
Unfunded pension and post-retirement medical benefits	(24)	(25)
Total net assets	592	657

a) Defined contribution pension plans

An expense of £40m (H123: £33m) was recognised for defined contribution plans in the period and is included in staff costs within operating expenses (see Note

3).

b) Defined benefit pension schemes

The total amount charged to the income statement was £6m (H123: charge of £16m).

The amounts recognised in other comprehensive income were as follows:

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)	634	470
Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in demographic assumptions	(88)	—
Actuarial losses arising from experience adjustments	64	89
Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in financial assumptions	(451)	(399)
Pension remeasurement	159	160

The net assets recognised in the balance sheet were determined as follows:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Present value of defined benefit obligations	(7,725)	(8,201)
Fair value of scheme assets	8,317	8,858
Net defined benefit assets	592	657

Actuarial assumptions

The principal actuarial assumptions used for the Scheme were:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	%
To determine benefit obligations(1):
–Discount rate for scheme liabilities	5.2	4.6
–General price inflation	3.1	3.0
–General salary increase	1	1.0
–Expected rate of pension increase	2.9	3.0

	Years	Years
Longevity at 60 for current pensioners, on the valuation date:
–Males	27.1	27.0
–Females	29.8	29.8
Longevity at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40, on the valuation date:
–Males	28.7	28.6
–Females	31.4	31.3

(1) The discount rate and inflation related assumptions set out in the table above reflect the assumptions calculated based on the Scheme’s duration and cash flow profile as a whole. The actual assumptions used

were determined for each section independently based on each section’s duration and cash flow profile.

The majority of the liability movement in H124 was due to increased fixed interest gilt yields.

In H124, we adopted a new version of the model that we currently use to set the discount rate. The updated model is based on an expanded data set which

improves stability of the model.

Actuarial assumption sensitivities

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting

period, while holding all other assumptions constant.

		(Decrease)/increase
		30 June 2024	31 December 2023
Assumption	Change in pension obligation at period end from	£m	£m
Discount rate	50bps increase	(460)	(507)
General price inflation	50bps increase	348	385
Mortality	Each additional year of longevity assumed	201	223

XML

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of contingent liabilities [abstract]

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

24. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Guarantees given to third parties	420	452
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments	36,757	30,976
	37,177	31,428

Where the items set out below can be reliably estimated, they are disclosed in the table above.

Other legal, regulatory or tax matters

Santander UK engages in discussion, and co-operates, with the FCA, PRA, CMA and other regulators and government agencies in various jurisdictions in their

supervision and review of Santander UK including reviews exercised under statutory powers, regarding its interaction with past and present customers, both as

part of general thematic work and in relation to specific products, services and activities. During the ordinary course of business, Santander UK is also subject to

complaints and threatened legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of current or former employees, customers, investors or other third parties. In addition,

Santander UK is subject to audits, reviews, challenges and tax, regulatory or law enforcement investigations or proceedings by relevant regulators or government

agencies in various jurisdictions. All such matters are assessed periodically to determine the likelihood of Santander UK incurring a liability.

In those instances where it is concluded that it is not yet probable that a quantifiable payment will be made, for example because the facts are unclear or further

time is required to fully assess the merits of the case or to reasonably quantify the expected payment, no provision is made. In addition, where it is not currently

practicable to estimate the possible financial effect of these matters, no provision is made.

Payment Protection Insurance

AXA France IARD and AXA France Vie (former GE Capital Corporation Group entities (GE Capital), known as Financial Insurance Company Ltd (FICL) and

Financial Assurance Company Ltd (FACL), acquired by AXA SA in 2015) (together, AXA France) have brought a claim for £552m (plus interest) against (i)

Santander Cards UK Limited (former GE Capital entity known as GE Capital Bank Limited (GECB), which was acquired by Banco Santander SA in 2008 and

subsequently transferred to Santander UK plc); and (ii) Santander Insurance Services UK Limited (a Banco Santander SA subsidiary) (together the Santander

Entities). The claim relates to the allocation of liability for compensation and associated costs in respect of a large number of PPI policies distributed by GECB

pre-2005, which were underwritten by FICL and FACL. AXA France reduced their claim from £670m (plus interest) to £552m (plus interest) in their Re-Re-

Amended Particulars of Claim dated 29 June 2023. The Santander Entities strongly refute the claim. Trial has been fixed for six weeks, beginning on 3 March

2025.

There are ongoing factual issues to be resolved which may have legal consequences including in relation to liability. These issues create uncertainties which

mean that it is difficult to reliably predict the outcome or the timing of the resolution of the matter. The litigation and other regulatory provision in Note 22 includes

our best estimate of the Santander Entities’ liability to the specific portfolio. Further information has not been provided on the basis that it would be seriously

prejudicial to the Santander Entities’ interests in connection with the dispute.

In addition, and in relation to PPI more generally, the PPI provision includes an amount relating to legal claims challenging the FCA’s industry guidance on the

treatment of Plevin / recurring non-disclosure assessments. This provision is based on current stock levels, future projected claims, and average redress. There

remains a risk that volumes received in future may be higher than forecast. The provision in Note 22 includes our best estimate of Santander UK’s liability for the

specific issue. The actual cost of customer compensation could differ from the amount provided. It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the risk

and amount of any further financial impact.

German dividend tax arbitrage transactions

In June 2018 the Cologne Criminal Prosecution Office and the German Federal Tax Office commenced an investigation in relation to the historical involvement of

Santander UK plc, Santander Financial Services plc and Cater Allen International Limited (all subsidiaries of Santander UK Group Holdings plc) in German

dividend tax arbitrage transactions (known as cum/ex transactions). These transactions allegedly exploited a loophole of a specific German settlement

mechanism through short-selling and complex derivative structuring which resulted in the German government either refunding withholding tax where such tax

had not been paid or refunding it more than once. The German authorities are investigating numerous institutions and individuals in connection with alleged

transactions and practices which may be found to be illegal under German law.

During H124 we continued to cooperate with the German authorities and, with the assistance of external experts, to progress an internal investigation into the

matters in question. From Santander UK plc’s perspective, the investigation is focused principally on the period 2009-2011 and remains on-going. There remain

factual issues to be resolved which may have legal consequences including potentially material financial penalties. These issues create uncertainties which mean

that it is difficult to predict the resolution of the matter including timing or the significance of the possible impact. These uncertainties mean it is not currently

practicable to make a reliable assessment of the size of any related potential liability. Any potential losses, claims or expenses suffered or incurred by Santander

Financial Services plc in respect of these matters have been fully indemnified by Santander UK plc, as part of the ring-fencing transfer scheme between

Santander UK plc, Santander Financial Services plc and Banco Santander SA.

SCUK - Motor Finance Broker Commissions

Following the FCA’s Motor Market review in 2019 which resulted in a change in rules in January 2021, Santander Consumer (UK) plc (SCUK) has received a

number of county court claims and complaints in respect of its historical use of discretionary commission arrangements (DCAs) prior to the 2021 rule changes. In

the context of the complaints made to the Financial Ombudsman Service relating to such commission arrangements, the FCA commenced in January a review

of the use of DCAs between lenders and credit brokers (the FCA review). A claim has also been issued against SCUK, Santander UK plc and others in the

Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT), alleging that SCUK’s historical commission arrangements in respect of used car financing operated in breach of the

Competition Act 1998. 

In July 2024, the FCA extended the timeline for its review to May 2025 and proposed an extension of the current pause on complaints handling related to

discretionary commission arrangements from September 2024 to 4 December 2025. While it is possible that certain charges may be incurred in relation to the

FCA’s review or related existing or future county court claims, Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS) complaints and the Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT)

proceedings, it is not considered that a legal or constructive obligation has been incurred in relation to these matters that would require a provision to be

recognised at this stage. The resolution of such matters is not possible to predict with any certainty and there remain significant inherent uncertainties regarding

the existence, scope and timing of any possible outflow which make it impracticable to disclose the extent of any potential financial impact.

Other

On 2 November 2015, Visa Europe Ltd agreed to sell 100% of its share capital to Visa Inc. The deal closed on 21 June 2016. As a member and shareholder of

Visa Europe Ltd, Santander UK received upfront consideration made up of cash and convertible preferred stock. Conversion of the preferred stock into Class A

Common Stock of Visa Inc. depends on the outcome of litigation against Visa involving UK & Ireland multilateral interchange fees (UK&I MIFs). The convertible

preferred stock is now held by Santander Equity Investments Limited (SEIL), outside the ring-fenced bank.

In addition, Santander UK plc and certain other UK&I banks have agreed to indemnify Visa Inc. in the event that the preferred stock is insufficient to meet the

costs of this litigation. Visa Inc. has recourse to this indemnity once more than €1bn of losses relating to UK&I MIFs have arisen or once the total value of the

preferred stock issued to UK&I banks on closing has been reduced to nil. Santander UK plc's liability under this indemnity is capped at €39.85m. At this stage, it

is unclear whether the litigation will give rise to more than €1bn of losses relating to UK&I MIFs which means it is not practicable to predict the resolution of the

matter including the timing or the significance of the possible impact.

As part of the sale of subsidiaries, businesses and other entities, and as is normal in such circumstances, entities within the Santander UK group have given

warranties and/or indemnities to the purchasers.

XML

Other Equity Instruments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of classes of share capital [abstract]

Other Equity Instruments

25. OTHER EQUITY INSTRUMENTS

	Interest rate		30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	Next call date	£m	£m
AT1 securities:
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.75	June 2024	—	496
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.30	March 2025	500	500
- £210m Perpetual Capital Securities	4.25	March 2026	210	210
- £750m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.50	June 2027	750	750
- £400m Perpetual Capital Securities	8.75	Sept 2029	400	—
			1,860	1,956

XML

Assets Charged as Security for Liabilities and Collateral Accepted as Security for Assets

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Assets Pledged As Security [Abstract]

Assets Charged as Security for Liabilities and Collateral Accepted as Security for Assets

26. ASSETS CHARGED AS SECURITY FOR LIABILITIES AND COLLATERAL

ACCEPTED AS SECURITY FOR ASSETS

Securitisations and covered bonds

As described in Note 14, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report, Santander UK plc and certain of its subsidiaries issue

securitisations and covered bonds through or involving structured entities. At 30 June 2024, there were £33,189m (2023: £27,927m) of gross assets in these

secured programmes and £1,637m (2023: £839m) of these related to internally retained issuances that were available for use as collateral for liquidity purposes

in the future.

At 30 June 2024, £3,753m (2023: £2,928m) of notes issued under securitisation and covered bond programmes had been retained internally, a proportion of

which had been used as collateral via third party bilateral secured funding transactions, which totalled £1,500m at 30 June 2024 (2023: £1,500m), or for use as

collateral for liquidity purposes in the future.

XML

Related Party Disclosures

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of transactions between related parties [abstract]

Related Party Disclosures

27. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Related party transactions in the period were similar in nature to those in Note 38 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report. The

financial position and performance of the Santander UK group were not materially affected in H124 by any related party transactions, or changes to related party

transactions, other than as disclosed herein.

XML

Financial Instruments

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurement Of Assets And Liabilities [Abstract]

Financial Instruments

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

a) Measurement basis of financial assets and liabilities

Disclosures relating to fair value measurement and hierarchy, valuation techniques and the control framework and related aspects pertaining to financial

instruments at fair value are included in the 2023 Annual Report. Valuation, sensitivity methodologies and inputs at 30 June 2024 are consistent with those

described in Note 39 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

b) Fair values of financial instruments carried at amortised cost

The following tables analyse the fair value of the financial instruments carried at amortised cost at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023. Cash and balances at

central banks, which consist of demand deposits with the Bank of England, together with cash in tills and ATMs, have been excluded from the table as the

carrying amount is deemed an appropriate approximation of fair value. Details of the valuation methodology of the financial assets and financial liabilities carried

at amortised cost can be found in Note 39(d) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

	30 June 2024		31 December 2023
	Fair	Carrying	Fair	Carrying
	value	value	value	value
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Assets
Loans and advances to customers	200,648	203,043	205,917	207,435
Loans and advances to banks	1,040	1,040	1,080	1,080
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	15,315	15,319	12,470	12,468
Other financial assets at amortised cost	1,737	1,744	144	152
	218,740	221,146	219,611	221,135
Liabilities
Deposits by customers	184,436	184,874	190,632	190,850
Deposits by banks	16,524	16,499	20,382	20,332
Repurchase agreements - non-trading	6,626	6,623	8,413	8,411
Debt securities in issue	34,059	34,053	33,621	33,910
Subordinated liabilities	2,613	2,397	2,800	2,386
	244,258	244,446	255,848	255,889

c) Fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value

The following tables summarise the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023, analysed

by their levels in the fair value hierarchy - Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

		30 June 2024				31 December 2023
		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	Total	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	Total	Valuation
		£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	technique
Assets
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts	—	860	—	860	—	1,129	—	1,129	A
	Interest rate contracts	—	1,895	—	1,895	—	2,216	1	2,217	A & C
	Equity and credit contracts	—	104	37	141	—	98	35	133	B & D
	Netting	—	(1,765)	—	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	—	(2,047)
		—	1,094	37	1,131	—	1,396	36	1,432
Other financial assets at FVTPL	Loans and advances to customers	—	—	44	44	—	—	46	46	A
	Debt securities	—	165	40	205	—	167	49	216	A, B & D
		—	165	84	249	—	167	95	262
Financial assets at FVOCI	Debt securities	8,293	325	—	8,618	8,293	188	—	8,481	D
		8,293	325	—	8,618	8,293	188	—	8,481
Total assets at fair value		8,293	1,584	121	9,998	8,293	1,751	131	10,175
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts	—	386	—	386	—	508	—	508	A
	Interest rate contracts	—	2,101	—	2,101	—	2,336	1	2,337	A & C
	Equity and credit contracts	—	6	13	19	—	11	9	20	B & D
	Netting	—	(1,765)	—	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	—	(2,047)
		—	728	13	741	—	808	10	818
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL	Debt securities in issue	—	362	—	362	—	369	—	369	A
	Structured deposits	—	518	—	518	—	426	—	426	A
	Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes	—	93	—	93	—	104	—	104	D
		—	973	—	973	—	899	—	899
Total liabilities at fair value		—	1,701	13	1,714	—	1,707	10	1,717

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy

In H124 there were no significant (H123: no significant) transfers of financial instruments between levels of the fair value hierarchy.

d) Valuation techniques

The main valuation techniques employed in internal models to measure the fair value of the financial instruments are disclosed in Note 39(b) to the Consolidated

Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

e) Fair value adjustments

The internal models incorporate assumptions that Santander UK believes would be made by a market participant to establish fair value. Fair value adjustments

are adopted when Santander UK considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated in the

valuation model.

Santander UK classifies fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The fair value adjustments form part of the portfolio fair value and are

included in the balance sheet values of the product types to which they have been applied.

The fair value adjustments are set out in the following table:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Risk-related:
- Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments	8	(6)
- Uncertainty	5	6
- Credit risk adjustment	—	1
- Funding fair value adjustment	—	1
	13	2
Day One profit	1	1
	14	3

Risk-related adjustments

Risk-related adjustments are driven, in part, by the magnitude of Santander UK’s market or credit risk exposure, and by external market factors, such as the size

of market spreads. For more details, see ‘Risk-related adjustments’ in Note 39(f) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

f) Internal models based on information other than market data (Level 3)

Valuation techniques

There have been no significant changes to the valuation techniques as set out in Note 39(g) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

Reconciliation of fair value measurement in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

The following table sets out the movements in Level 3 financial instruments in H124:

	Assets			Liabilities
	Derivatives	Other financial assets at FVTPL	Total	Derivatives	Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	36	95	131	(10)	(10)
Total gains/(losses) recognised:
Fair value movements(1)	6	(1)	5	(4)	(4)
Settlements	(5)	(10)	(15)	1	1
At 30 June 2024	37	84	121	(13)	(13)
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the period(1)	6	(1)	5	(4)	(4)

(1)Fair value movements relating to derivatives and other financial assets at FVTPL are recognised in other operating income in the income statement.

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives (Level 3)

There has been no significant change to the unobservable inputs and sensitivities used in Level 3 fair values as set out in Note 39(g) to the Consolidated

Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

XML

Assets Held for Sale

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Discontinued Operations and Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale [Abstract]

Assets Held for Sale

29. ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

Assets held for sale

Sale of property

Management considered the sale of part of Santander House (Milton Keynes) under a proposed transaction with the developer for the construction of Unity Place

and Buckingham House (Bletchley), to be highly probable at the balance sheet date. As such, the Santander UK group classified these properties, which are

included in the Corporate Centre segment and carried at their sales prices, as held for sale. Both sales are expected to complete in 2024 with no gain or loss.

At 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023, assets held for sale comprised:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Assets
Property, plant and equipment	13	13
Total assets held for sale	13	13

XML

Events After the Balance Sheet Date

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of non-adjusting events after reporting period [abstract]

Events After the Balance Sheet Date

30. EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

There have been no significant events between 30 June 2024 and the date of approval of these financial statements which would require a change to or

additional disclosure in the financial statements.

XML

Accounting Policies (Policies)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of preparation and accounting developments

The financial information in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts as defined in

section 434 of the UK Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements reflect all adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the

results of operations for the interim period. All such adjustments to the financial information are of a normal, recurring nature. Because the results from common

banking activities are so closely related and responsive to changes in market conditions, the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the

results that can be expected for the year.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial

Reporting', as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted in the UK, and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

sourcebook of the UK's Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). They do not include all the information and disclosures normally required for full annual financial

statements and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of Santander UK plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively

Santander UK or the Santander UK group) for the year ended 31 December 2023 which were prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting

Standards (IAS). Those consolidated financial statements were also prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued

by the IASB, including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there were no applicable differences from IFRS as issued by the IASB for

the periods presented.

The same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements as were

applied in the presentation of the Santander UK group’s 2023 Annual Report.

Future accounting developments

Future accounting developments

The IASB issued the following new/amended accounting standards which are not yet effective and have not been endorsed for use in the UK:

–Effective 1 January 2026: ‘Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments’ (Amendments to IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and

IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’) - the amendments set out changes to settling financial liabilities using an electronic payment system, assessing

contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets including those with environmental, social and governance (ESG)-linked features and requiring

additional disclosures for certain financial instruments.

–Effective 1 January 2027: IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’ – the new standard will replace IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial

Statements’ and introduces changes to the categories for classifying income and expenses and subtotals presented in the income statement and new or

amended disclosures in respect of management-defined performance measures and specified expenses by nature.

The Santander UK group is assessing these new/amended accounting standards to determine the potential impacts on the financial statements when they

become effective or if they are otherwise earlier adopted when available.

Going concern

Going concern

In light of geopolitical and economic uncertainty, the Directors updated their going concern assessment in preparing these Condensed Consolidated Interim

Financial Statements. In making their going concern assessment, the Directors considered a wide range of information that included Santander UK's long term

business and strategic plans, forecasts and projections, estimated capital, funding and liquidity requirements, contingent liabilities and the reasonably possible

changes in trading performance arising from potential economic, market and product developments.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that Santander UK has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least

twelve months from the date of this report and, therefore, having reassessed the principal risks and uncertainties, the Directors consider it appropriate for the

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements to be prepared on a going concern basis.

Critical judgements and accounting estimates

Critical judgements and accounting estimates

The preparation of Santander UK's condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgements and

assumptions in applying the accounting policies that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in

making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based on amounts which differ from those estimates. Estimates, judgements and assumptions

are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable

under the circumstances.

There has been no change in the inherent sensitivity of the areas of judgement in the period. Management have considered the impact of developments in

principal risks and uncertainties, as set out in the Risk review, on critical judgements and accounting estimates.

The significant judgements, apart from those involving estimation, made by management in applying Santander UK's accounting policies in these financial

statements (key judgements) and the key sources of estimation uncertainty that may have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying

amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year (key estimates), which together are considered critical to Santander UK's results and financial

position, are as follows:

a) Credit impairment allowance

Key judgements	–Determining an appropriate definition of default
	–Establishing the criteria for a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) and, for corporate borrowers, internal credit risk rating
	–Determining the need for any judgemental adjustments
	–Determining the need to assess corporate Stage 3 exposures individually
Key estimates	–Forward-looking multiple economic scenario assumptions
	–Probability weights assigned to multiple economic scenarios

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see 'Critical judgements and accounting estimates applied in calculating ECL' in the ‘Credit risk –

credit risk management’ section of the Risk review in the 2023 Annual Report.

Sensitivity of ECL allowance

For detailed disclosures, see 'Sensitivity of ECL allowance' in the ‘Credit risk – credit risk management’ section of the Risk review.

b) Provisions and contingent liabilities

Key judgements	–Determining whether a present obligation exists
	–Determining the likely outcome of future legal decisions
Key estimates	–Probability, timing, nature and amount of any outflows that may arise from past events

Included in Litigation and other regulatory provisions in Note 22 are amounts in respect of management’s best estimates of liability relating to a legal dispute

regarding allocation of responsibility for a specific PPI portfolio of complaints, and Plevin related litigation. Note 24 provides disclosure relating to ongoing factual

issues and reviews that could impact the timing and amount of any outflows. It includes disclosure relating to an investigation in relation to the historical

involvement of Santander UK plc, Santander Financial Services plc and Cater Allen International Limited (all subsidiaries of Santander UK Group Holdings plc) in

German dividend tax arbitrage transactions. It also includes disclosure relating to the historical use of discretionary commission arrangements by Santander

Consumer (UK) plc.

These judgements are based on the specific facts available and often require specialist professional advice. There can be a wide range of possible outcomes

and uncertainties, particularly in relation to legal actions, and regulatory and consumer credit matters. As a result, it is often not possible to make reliable

estimates of the likelihood and amount of any potential outflows, or to calculate any resulting sensitivities. For more on each of these key judgements and

estimates, see Notes 22 and 24.

c) Retirement benefit plans

Key judgements	–Setting the criteria for constructing the corporate bond yield curve used to determine the discount rate
	–Determining the methodology for setting the inflation assumption
Key estimates	–Discount rate applied to future cash flows
	–Rate of price inflation
	–Expected lifetime of the schemes' members
	–Valuation of pension fund assets whose values are not based on market observable data

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see Note 23.

Sensitivity of defined benefit pension scheme estimates

For detailed disclosures, see ‘Actuarial assumption sensitivities’ in Note 23.

The Scheme is invested in certain assets whose values are not based on market observable data, such as investments in private equity funds and property. Due

diligence has been conducted to support the values obtained in respect of these assets represent fair value. Given the nature of these investments, we are

unable to prepare sensitivities on how their values could vary as market conditions or other variables change.

d) Goodwill

Key judgements:	–Determining the basis of goodwill impairment testing methodology, including the need for planning assumptions and internal capital allocations
	–Identifying the indicators of potential impairment
Key estimates:	–Forecast cash flows for cash generating units, including estimated allocations of regulatory capital
	–Growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections
	–Discount rates which factor in risk-free rates and applicable risk premiums
	All of these variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond management’s control

For more on each of these key judgements and estimates, see Note 14.

Sensitivity of goodwill

For detailed disclosures, see ‘Sensitivities of key assumptions in calculating VIU’ in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

XML

Accounting Policies (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Disclosure of Information about Key Judgements and Key Estimates

Key judgements	–Determining an appropriate definition of default
	–Establishing the criteria for a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) and, for corporate borrowers, internal credit risk rating
	–Determining the need for any judgemental adjustments
	–Determining the need to assess corporate Stage 3 exposures individually
Key estimates	–Forward-looking multiple economic scenario assumptions
	–Probability weights assigned to multiple economic scenarios

Key judgements	–Determining whether a present obligation exists
	–Determining the likely outcome of future legal decisions
Key estimates	–Probability, timing, nature and amount of any outflows that may arise from past events

Key judgements	–Setting the criteria for constructing the corporate bond yield curve used to determine the discount rate
	–Determining the methodology for setting the inflation assumption
Key estimates	–Discount rate applied to future cash flows
	–Rate of price inflation
	–Expected lifetime of the schemes' members
	–Valuation of pension fund assets whose values are not based on market observable data

Key judgements:	–Determining the basis of goodwill impairment testing methodology, including the need for planning assumptions and internal capital allocations
	–Identifying the indicators of potential impairment
Key estimates:	–Forecast cash flows for cash generating units, including estimated allocations of regulatory capital
	–Growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections
	–Discount rates which factor in risk-free rates and applicable risk premiums
	All of these variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond management’s control

XML

Segments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of operating segments [abstract]

Summary of Results by Segment

Results by segment

For the half year to

	Retail & Business Banking	Consumer Finance	Corporate & Commercial Banking	Corporate Centre	Total
30 June 2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Net interest income/(expense)	1,684	74	383	(37)	2,104
Non-interest income/(expense)	62	83	67	(21)	191
Total operating income/(expense)	1,746	157	450	(58)	2,295
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(999)	(77)	(205)	2	(1,279)
Credit impairment charges	(49)	(8)	(3)	(1)	(61)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(98)	(15)	(18)	(11)	(142)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(147)	(23)	(21)	(12)	(203)
Profit/(loss) before tax	600	57	224	(68)	813
Revenue/(expense) from external customers	1,686	360	264	(15)	2,295
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	60	(203)	186	(43)	—
Total operating income/(expense)	1,746	157	450	(58)	2,295
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income:(1)
–Current account and debit card fees	212	—	26	—	238
–Insurance, protection and investments	25	—	—	—	25
–Credit cards	45	—	—	—	45
–Non-banking and other fees(2)	2	14	37	9	62
Total fee and commission income	284	14	63	9	370
Fee and commission expense	(221)	(4)	(6)	(11)	(242)
Net fee and commission income/(expense)	63	10	57	(2)	128
Customer loans	175,262	4,880	18,084	—	198,226
Customer deposits	150,982	—	25,372	4,794	181,148

30 June 2023	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Net interest income	1,865	79	405	12	2,361
Non-interest income/(expense)	88	100	67	(22)	233
Total operating income	1,953	179	472	(10)	2,594
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(912)	(73)	(170)	(64)	(1,219)
Credit impairment charges	(55)	(14)	(36)	—	(105)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(106)	(3)	4	(43)	(148)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(161)	(17)	(32)	(43)	(253)
Profit/(loss) before tax	880	89	270	(117)	1,122
Revenue from external customers	1,856	313	364	61	2,594
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	97	(134)	108	(71)	—
Total operating income/(expense)	1,953	179	472	(10)	2,594
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income:(1)
–Current account and debit card fees	227	—	31	—	258
–Insurance, protection and investments	24	—	—	—	24
–Credit cards	49	—	—	—	49
–Non-banking and other fees(2)	1	12	53	4	70
Total fee and commission income	301	12	84	4	401
Fee and commission expense	(216)	(3)	(26)	(6)	(251)
Net fee/(expense) and commission income	85	9	58	(2)	150
31 December 2023
Customer loans	179,887	5,228	17,939	—	203,054
Customer deposits	158,329	—	24,066	5,050	187,445

(1)The disaggregation of fees and commission income as shown above is not included in reports provided to the chief operating decision maker but is provided to show the split by reportable segments.

(2)Non-banking and other fees include mortgages (except mortgage account fees), consumer finance, commitment commission, asset finance, invoice finance and trade finance.

Summary Of Relationship Between Customer Liabilities And Deposits

The table below shows the relationship between Customer assets and Loans and advances to customers as presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance

Sheet. Customer assets exclude Joint ventures, as they carry low credit risk and therefore have an immaterial ECL, and Other items, mainly accrued interest that

we have not yet charged to the customer's account and cash collateral. It also shows the relationship between customer liabilities (see above) and Deposits by

customers as presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

	Net carrying amount
	Assets		Liabilities
	30 June 2024	31 December 2023	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Customer balances (gross)	198,226	203,054	181,148	187,445
Loan loss allowance	(860)	(914)	—	—
Customer balances (net)	197,366	202,140	181,148	187,445
Intercompany balances	4,901	4,544	3,406	2,825
Accrued interest	434	739	1,002	830
Other items	342	12	(682)	(250)
Loans and advances to customers / Deposits by customers	203,043	207,435	184,874	190,850

XML

Operating Expenses Before Credit Impairment Charges, Provisions and Charges (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Expenses by nature [abstract]

Summary of Operating Expenses Before Credit Impairment Losses, Provisions and Charges

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Staff costs	641	611
Other administration expenses	488	474
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment	150	134
	1,279	1,219

XML

Credit Impairment Charges and Provisions (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Credit Impairment Loss And Provisions [Abstract]

Summary of Impairment Losses and Provisions

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Credit impairment charges:
Loans and advances to customers	33	98
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs	8	4
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 22)	20	3
	61	105
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 22)	141	149
Charge/(release) for residual value and voluntary termination	1	(1)
	142	148
	203	253

XML

Taxation (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Major components of tax expense (income) [abstract]

Schedule of Tax on Profit Before Tax Differs from Theoretical Amount that Arise Using Basic Corporation Tax Rate

The Santander UK group’s effective tax rate for H124 was 26.2% (H123: 27.5%). Tax on profit differs from that calculated at the statutory rate as follows:

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Profit before tax	813	1,122
Tax calculated at the statutory rate of 25% (H123: 23.5%)	203	264
Bank surcharge on profits	23	44
Non-deductible preference dividends paid	4	5
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy	5	8
Non-deductible conduct remediation, fines and penalties	—	3
Other non-deductible costs and non-taxable income	2	3
Tax relief on dividends in respect of other equity instruments	(20)	(19)
Adjustment to prior year provisions	(4)	—
Tax on profit	213	308

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments [abstract]

Disclosure of Notional Amounts and Fair Values of Derivatives

The table below includes the notional amounts of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent actual exposures.

	30 June 2024			31 December 2023
		Fair value			Fair value
	Notional amount	Assets	Liabilities	Notional amount	Assets	Liabilities
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Derivatives held for trading:
Exchange rate contracts	13,170	91	97	12,927	92	217
Interest rate contracts(1)	25,892	326	549	28,351	389	583
Equity and credit contracts	727	141	19	765	133	20
Total derivatives held for trading	39,789	558	665	42,043	614	820
Derivatives held for hedging
Designated as fair value hedges:
Exchange rate contracts	1,398	40	1	1,145	29	2
Interest rate contracts	137,260	1,101	488	107,540	1,275	839
	138,658	1,141	489	108,685	1,304	841
Designated as cash flow hedges:
Exchange rate contracts	20,544	729	288	21,618	1,008	289
Interest rate contracts(1)	62,615	468	1,064	50,896	553	915
	83,159	1,197	1,352	72,514	1,561	1,204
Total derivatives held for hedging	221,817	2,338	1,841	181,199	2,865	2,045
Derivative netting(2)	—	(1,765)	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	(2,047)
Total derivatives	261,606	1,131	741	223,242	1,432	818

(1)Interest rate contracts include inflation rate contracts.

(2)Derivative netting excludes the effect of cash collateral, which is offset against the gross derivative position. The amount of cash collateral received that had been offset against the gross derivative assets was

£682m (2023: £472m) and the amount of cash collateral paid that had been offset against the gross derivative liabilities was £1m (2023: £12m).

XML

Other Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss [abstract]

Summary of Other Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Loans and advances to customers	44	46
Debt securities	165	167
Other debt instruments	40	49
	249	262

XML

Loans and Advances to Customers (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Net Loans And Advances To Customers [Abstract]

Summary of Net Loans and Advances to Customers

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Loans and advances to customers	203,925	208,370
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers	(860)	(914)
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions on finance leases	(22)	(21)
Net loans and advances to customers	203,043	207,435

XML

Securitisations and Covered Bonds (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Abstract]

Disclosure of Analysis of Securitisations and Covered Bonds

The gross assets securitised, or for the covered bond programme assigned, at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023 were:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Mortgage-backed master trust structures:
–Holmes	4,669	3,242
–Fosse	2,724	2,048
	7,393	5,290
Other asset-backed securitisation structures:
–Repton	766	757
	766	757
Total securitisation programmes	8,159	6,047
Covered bond programme:
–Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	25,030	21,880
Total securitisation and covered bond programmes	33,189	27,927

Summary of Issuances and Redemptions of Securitisation and Covered Bond Programme

The following table sets out the internal and external issuances and redemptions in H124 and H123 for each securitisation and covered bond programme.

	Internal issuances		External issuances		Internal redemptions		External redemptions
	H124	H123	H124	H123	H124	H123	H124	H123
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Mortgage-backed master trust structures:
–Holmes	106	118	750	750	—	30	—	142
–Fosse	760	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
Other asset-backed securitisation structures:
–Motor	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7
–Repton	—	—	—	550	—	—	—	—
Covered bond programme:
–Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	—	1,100	4,099	1,500	41	5	1,962	1,017
	866	1,218	4,849	2,800	41	35	1,962	1,166

XML

Reverse Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Reserve Repurchase Agreements Non-Trading [Abstract]

Summary of Reverse Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Agreements with banks	1,949	2,397
Agreements with customers	13,370	10,071
	15,319	12,468

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Agreements with banks	616	551
Agreements with customers	6,007	7,860
	6,623	8,411

XML

Other Financial Assets at Amortised Cost (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss [abstract]

Summary of Other Financial Assets at Amortised Cost

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Debt securities	1,744	152
	1,744	152

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Property, plant and equipment [abstract]

Disclosure of Detailed Information about Property, Plant and Equipment

	Property	Office fixtures and equipment	Computer software	Operating lease assets	Right-of-use assets	Total(1)
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Cost:
At 1 January 2024	918	877	67	635	263	2,760
Additions	—	21	—	104	16	141
Disposals	(3)	(16)	—	(117)	(13)	(149)
At 30 June 2024	915	882	67	622	266	2,752
Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 January 2024	226	653	67	147	173	1,266
Charge for the period	11	32	—	37	9	89
Disposals	(2)	(15)	—	(41)	—	(58)
At 30 June 2024	235	670	67	143	182	1,297
Carrying amount	680	212	—	479	84	1,455

(1)Property, plant and equipment includes investment properties of £16m (2023: £17m).

XML

Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of financial liabilities [abstract]

Summary of Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Structured Notes Programmes	362	369
Structured deposits	518	426
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes	93	104
	973	899

XML

Deposits by Customers (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Deposits from customers [abstract]

Schedule of Deposits by Customers

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Demand and time deposits(1)	181,468	188,004
Amounts due to other Santander UK Group Holdings plc subsidiaries	123	114
Amounts due to Santander UK Group Holdings plc(2)	1,778	1,772
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures	1,505	960
	184,874	190,850

(1)Includes capital amount guaranteed / protected equity index-linked deposits of £232m (2023: £304m).

(2)Includes downstreamed funding from our immediate parent company Santander UK Group Holdings plc.

XML

Deposits by Banks (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Deposits From Banks [Abstract]

Schedule of Deposits by Banks

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Items in the course of transmission	973	732
Deposits held as collateral	578	860
Other deposits(1)	14,944	18,737
Amounts due to Santander UK subsidiaries	4	3
	16,499	20,332

(1)Includes balance drawn from the TFSME of £13.0bn (2023: £17.0bn

XML

Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Repurchase Agreements [Abstract]

Summary of Reverse Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Agreements with banks	1,949	2,397
Agreements with customers	13,370	10,071
	15,319	12,468

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Agreements with banks	616	551
Agreements with customers	6,007	7,860
	6,623	8,411

XML

Debt Securities in Issue (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Debt Securities In Issue [Abstract]

Summary of Debt Securities in Issue

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Medium-term notes	8,879	11,656
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme	16,896	15,000
US $20bn Commercial Paper Programmes	2,968	2,761
Certificates of deposit	1,397	1,530
Credit linked notes	387	194
Securitisation programmes	3,526	2,769
	34,053	33,910

XML

Subordinated Liabilities (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Subordinated liabilities [abstract]

Schedule of Subordinated Liabilities

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
£325m Sterling preference shares	343	343
Undated subordinated liabilities	205	205
Dated subordinated liabilities	1,849	1,838
	2,397	2,386

XML

Provisions (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of other provisions [abstract]

Summary of Provisions Reconciliation

	Customer remediation	Litigation and other regulatory	Regulatory levies and fees	Bank Levy	Property	ECL on undrawn facilities and guarantees	Restructuring	Other	Total
£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	106	132	—	—	47	78	32	7	402
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	6	4	41	—	—	20	13	83	167
Provisions released (See Note 4)	—	(4)	—	—	(1)	—	—	—	(5)
Utilisation and other	(39)	(28)	(1)	—	(13)	—	(27)	(76)	(184)
At 30 June 2024	73	104	40	—	33	98	18	14	380

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of net defined benefit liability (asset) [abstract]

Summary of Retirement Benefit Plans

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet were as follows:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Assets/(liabilities)
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - surplus	622	723
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - deficit	(6)	(41)
Unfunded pension and post-retirement medical benefits	(24)	(25)
Total net assets	592	657

The amounts recognised in other comprehensive income were as follows:

For the half year to

	30 June 2024	30 June 2023
	£m	£m
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)	634	470
Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in demographic assumptions	(88)	—
Actuarial losses arising from experience adjustments	64	89
Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in financial assumptions	(451)	(399)
Pension remeasurement	159	160

The net assets recognised in the balance sheet were determined as follows:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Present value of defined benefit obligations	(7,725)	(8,201)
Fair value of scheme assets	8,317	8,858
Net defined benefit assets	592	657

The principal actuarial assumptions used for the Scheme were:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	%
To determine benefit obligations(1):
–Discount rate for scheme liabilities	5.2	4.6
–General price inflation	3.1	3.0
–General salary increase	1	1.0
–Expected rate of pension increase	2.9	3.0

	Years	Years
Longevity at 60 for current pensioners, on the valuation date:
–Males	27.1	27.0
–Females	29.8	29.8
Longevity at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40, on the valuation date:
–Males	28.7	28.6
–Females	31.4	31.3

(1) The discount rate and inflation related assumptions set out in the table above reflect the assumptions calculated based on the Scheme’s duration and cash flow profile as a whole. The actual assumptions used

were determined for each section independently based on each section’s duration and cash flow profile.

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting

period, while holding all other assumptions constant.

		(Decrease)/increase
		30 June 2024	31 December 2023
Assumption	Change in pension obligation at period end from	£m	£m
Discount rate	50bps increase	(460)	(507)
General price inflation	50bps increase	348	385
Mortality	Each additional year of longevity assumed	201	223

Summary of Net Assets Recognised

The net assets recognised in the balance sheet were determined as follows:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Present value of defined benefit obligations	(7,725)	(8,201)
Fair value of scheme assets	8,317	8,858
Net defined benefit assets	592	657

Summary of Principal Actuarial Assumptions Used for Defined Benefit Schemes

The principal actuarial assumptions used for the Scheme were:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	%
To determine benefit obligations(1):
–Discount rate for scheme liabilities	5.2	4.6
–General price inflation	3.1	3.0
–General salary increase	1	1.0
–Expected rate of pension increase	2.9	3.0

	Years	Years
Longevity at 60 for current pensioners, on the valuation date:
–Males	27.1	27.0
–Females	29.8	29.8
Longevity at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40, on the valuation date:
–Males	28.7	28.6
–Females	31.4	31.3

(1) The discount rate and inflation related assumptions set out in the table above reflect the assumptions calculated based on the Scheme’s duration and cash flow profile as a whole. The actual assumptions used

were determined for each section independently based on each section’s duration and cash flow profile.

Summary of Actuarial Assumption Sensitivities

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting

period, while holding all other assumptions constant.

		(Decrease)/increase
		30 June 2024	31 December 2023
Assumption	Change in pension obligation at period end from	£m	£m
Discount rate	50bps increase	(460)	(507)
General price inflation	50bps increase	348	385
Mortality	Each additional year of longevity assumed	201	223

XML

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of contingent liabilities [abstract]

Summary of Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Guarantees given to third parties	420	452
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments	36,757	30,976
	37,177	31,428

XML

Other Equity Instruments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure of classes of share capital [abstract]

Summary of Other Equity Instruments

	Interest rate		30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	%	Next call date	£m	£m
AT1 securities:
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.75	June 2024	—	496
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.30	March 2025	500	500
- £210m Perpetual Capital Securities	4.25	March 2026	210	210
- £750m Perpetual Capital Securities	6.50	June 2027	750	750
- £400m Perpetual Capital Securities	8.75	Sept 2029	400	—
			1,860	1,956

XML

Financial Instruments (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurement Of Assets And Liabilities [Abstract]

Disclosure of Analysis of Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortised Cost

The following tables analyse the fair value of the financial instruments carried at amortised cost at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023. Cash and balances at

central banks, which consist of demand deposits with the Bank of England, together with cash in tills and ATMs, have been excluded from the table as the

carrying amount is deemed an appropriate approximation of fair value. Details of the valuation methodology of the financial assets and financial liabilities carried

at amortised cost can be found in Note 39(d) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report.

	30 June 2024		31 December 2023
	Fair	Carrying	Fair	Carrying
	value	value	value	value
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Assets
Loans and advances to customers	200,648	203,043	205,917	207,435
Loans and advances to banks	1,040	1,040	1,080	1,080
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	15,315	15,319	12,470	12,468
Other financial assets at amortised cost	1,737	1,744	144	152
	218,740	221,146	219,611	221,135
Liabilities
Deposits by customers	184,436	184,874	190,632	190,850
Deposits by banks	16,524	16,499	20,382	20,332
Repurchase agreements - non-trading	6,626	6,623	8,413	8,411
Debt securities in issue	34,059	34,053	33,621	33,910
Subordinated liabilities	2,613	2,397	2,800	2,386
	244,258	244,446	255,848	255,889

Disclosure of Analysis of Fair Value of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables summarise the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023, analysed

by their levels in the fair value hierarchy - Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

		30 June 2024				31 December 2023
		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	Total	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	Total	Valuation
		£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	technique
Assets
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts	—	860	—	860	—	1,129	—	1,129	A
	Interest rate contracts	—	1,895	—	1,895	—	2,216	1	2,217	A & C
	Equity and credit contracts	—	104	37	141	—	98	35	133	B & D
	Netting	—	(1,765)	—	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	—	(2,047)
		—	1,094	37	1,131	—	1,396	36	1,432
Other financial assets at FVTPL	Loans and advances to customers	—	—	44	44	—	—	46	46	A
	Debt securities	—	165	40	205	—	167	49	216	A, B & D
		—	165	84	249	—	167	95	262
Financial assets at FVOCI	Debt securities	8,293	325	—	8,618	8,293	188	—	8,481	D
		8,293	325	—	8,618	8,293	188	—	8,481
Total assets at fair value		8,293	1,584	121	9,998	8,293	1,751	131	10,175
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments	Exchange rate contracts	—	386	—	386	—	508	—	508	A
	Interest rate contracts	—	2,101	—	2,101	—	2,336	1	2,337	A & C
	Equity and credit contracts	—	6	13	19	—	11	9	20	B & D
	Netting	—	(1,765)	—	(1,765)	—	(2,047)	—	(2,047)
		—	728	13	741	—	808	10	818
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL	Debt securities in issue	—	362	—	362	—	369	—	369	A
	Structured deposits	—	518	—	518	—	426	—	426	A
	Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes	—	93	—	93	—	104	—	104	D
		—	973	—	973	—	899	—	899
Total liabilities at fair value		—	1,701	13	1,714	—	1,707	10	1,717

Summary of Fair Value Adjustment

The fair value adjustments are set out in the following table:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Risk-related:
- Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments	8	(6)
- Uncertainty	5	6
- Credit risk adjustment	—	1
- Funding fair value adjustment	—	1
	13	2
Day One profit	1	1
	14	3

Summary of Reconciliation of Fair Value Measurement in Level 3 of the Fair Value Hierarchy

The following table sets out the movements in Level 3 financial instruments in H124:

	Assets			Liabilities
	Derivatives	Other financial assets at FVTPL	Total	Derivatives	Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 1 January 2024	36	95	131	(10)	(10)
Total gains/(losses) recognised:
Fair value movements(1)	6	(1)	5	(4)	(4)
Settlements	(5)	(10)	(15)	1	1
At 30 June 2024	37	84	121	(13)	(13)
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the period(1)	6	(1)	5	(4)	(4)

(1)Fair value movements relating to derivatives and other financial assets at FVTPL are recognised in other operating income in the income statement.

XML

Assets Held for Sale (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2024

Discontinued Operations and Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale [Abstract]

Disclosure of Assets Classified as Held for Sale

At 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023, assets held for sale comprised:

	30 June 2024	31 December 2023
	£m	£m
Assets
Property, plant and equipment	13	13
Total assets held for sale	13	13

XML

Segments - Additional Information (Details)	Jun. 30, 2024 segment
Disclosure of operating segments [abstract]
Number of segments	4

XML

Segments - Summary of Results by Segment (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	£ 2,104	£ 2,361
Non-interest income/(expense)	191	233
Total operating income/(expense)	2,295	2,594
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(1,279)	(1,219)
Credit impairment charges	(61)	(105)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(142)	(148)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(203)	(253)
Profit before tax	813	1,122
Revenue from external customers	2,295	2,594
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	2,295	2,594
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income
Current account and debit card fees	238	258
Insurance, protection and investments	25	24
Credit cards	45	49
Non-banking and other fees	62	70
Total fee and commission income	370	401
Fee and commission expense	(242)	(251)
Net fee and commission income	128	150
Customer loans	198,226		£ 203,054
Customer deposits	181,148		187,445
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	0	0
Retail and Business Banking
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	1,684	1,865
Non-interest income/(expense)	62	88
Total operating income/(expense)	1,746	1,953
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(999)	(912)
Credit impairment charges	(49)	(55)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(98)	(106)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(147)	(161)
Profit before tax	600	880
Revenue from external customers	1,686	1,856
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income
Current account and debit card fees	212	227
Insurance, protection and investments	25	24
Credit cards	45	49
Non-banking and other fees	2	1
Total fee and commission income	284	301
Fee and commission expense	(221)	(216)
Net fee and commission income	63	85
Customer loans	175,262		179,887
Customer deposits	150,982		158,329
Retail and Business Banking | Inter-segment revenue/(expense)
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	60	97
Consumer Finance
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	74	79
Non-interest income/(expense)	83	100
Total operating income/(expense)	157	179
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(77)	(73)
Credit impairment charges	(8)	(14)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(15)	(3)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(23)	(17)
Profit before tax	57	89
Revenue from external customers	360	313
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income
Current account and debit card fees	0	0
Insurance, protection and investments	0	0
Credit cards	0	0
Non-banking and other fees	14	12
Total fee and commission income	14	12
Fee and commission expense	(4)	(3)
Net fee and commission income	10	9
Customer loans	4,880		5,228
Customer deposits	0		0
Consumer Finance | Inter-segment revenue/(expense)
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	(203)	(134)
Corporate & Commercial Banking
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	383	405
Non-interest income/(expense)	67	67
Total operating income/(expense)	450	472
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(205)	(170)
Credit impairment charges	(3)	(36)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(18)	4
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(21)	(32)
Profit before tax	224	270
Revenue from external customers	264	364
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income
Current account and debit card fees	26	31
Insurance, protection and investments	0	0
Credit cards	0	0
Non-banking and other fees	37	53
Total fee and commission income	63	84
Fee and commission expense	(6)	(26)
Net fee and commission income	57	58
Customer loans	18,084		17,939
Customer deposits	25,372		24,066
Corporate & Commercial Banking | Inter-segment revenue/(expense)
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	186	108
Corporate Centre
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Net interest income/(expense)	(37)	12
Non-interest income/(expense)	(21)	(22)
Total operating income/(expense)	(58)	(10)
Operating expenses before credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	2	(64)
Credit impairment charges	(1)	0
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	(11)	(43)
Total credit impairment charges, provisions and charges	(12)	(43)
Profit before tax	(68)	(117)
Revenue from external customers	(15)	61
Revenue from external customers includes the following fee and commission income
Current account and debit card fees	0	0
Insurance, protection and investments	0	0
Credit cards	0	0
Non-banking and other fees	9	4
Total fee and commission income	9	4
Fee and commission expense	(11)	(6)
Net fee and commission income	(2)	(2)
Customer loans	0		0
Customer deposits	4,794		£ 5,050
Corporate Centre | Inter-segment revenue/(expense)
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]
Inter-segment revenue/(expense)	£ (43)	£ (71)

XML

Segments - Schedule Of Relationship between Customer Assets and Loans and Advances (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Assets
Customer balances (gross)	£ 198,226	£ 203,054
Loan loss allowance	(860)	(914)
Customer balances (net)	197,366	202,140
Accrued interest	434	739
Other items	342	12
Net loans and advances to customers	203,043	207,435
Liabilities
Customer balances (gross)	181,148	187,445
Customer balances (net)	181,148	187,445
Accrued interest	1,002	830
Other items	(682)	(250)
Deposits by customers	184,874	190,850
Intercompany balances
Assets
Intercompany balances	4,901	4,544
Liabilities
Intercompany balances	£ 3,406	£ 2,825

XML

Operating Expenses Before Credit Impairment Charges, Provisions and Charges - Summary of Operating Expenses Before Credit Impairment Losses, Provisions and Charges (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Expenses by nature [abstract]
Staff costs	£ 641	£ 611
Other administration expenses	488	474
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment	150	134
Total operating expenses before impairment losses, provisions and charges	£ 1,279	£ 1,219

XML

Credit Impairment Charges and Provisions - Summary of Impairment Losses and Provisions (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Disclosure Of Credit Impairment Loss And Provisions [Abstract]
Loans and advances to customers	£ 33	£ 98
Recoveries of loans and advances, net of collection costs	8	4
Off-balance sheet credit exposures (See Note 22)	20	3
Credit impairment charges:	61	105
Provisions for other liabilities and charges (excluding off-balance sheet credit exposures) (See Note 22)	141	149
Charge/(release) for residual value and voluntary termination	1	(1)
Provisions for other liabilities and charges	142	148
Total operating credit impairment (charges)/write-backs, provisions and charges	£ 203	£ 253

XML

Credit Impairment Charges and Provisions - Additional Information (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Disclosure Of Credit Impairment Loss And Provisions [Abstract]
Impairment losses on loans and advances to banks	£ 0	£ 0
Impairment losses on non-trading reverse repurchase agreements	0	0
Impairment losses on other financial assets at amortised cost	0	0
Impairment losses on financial assets at FVOCI	£ 0	£ 0

XML

Taxation - Additional Information (Details)	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Major components of tax expense (income) [abstract]
Effective tax rate (percentage)	26.20%	27.50%

XML

Taxation - Schedule of Tax on Profit Before Tax Differs from Theoretical Amount that Arise Using Basic Corporation Tax Rate (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Major components of tax expense (income) [abstract]
Profit before tax	£ 813	£ 1,122
Tax calculated at the statutory rate of 25% (H123: 23.5%)	203	264
Bank surcharge on profits	23	44
Non-deductible preference dividends paid	4	5
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy	5	8
Non-deductible conduct remediation, fines and penalties	0	3
Other non-deductible costs and non-taxable income	2	3
Tax relief on dividends in respect of other equity instruments	(20)	(19)
Adjustment to prior year provisions	(4)	0
Tax on profit	£ 213	£ 308

XML

Dividends on Ordinary Shares (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Dividends On Ordinary Shares [Abstract]
Dividends declared and paid	£ 554	£ 410

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments - Disclosure of Notional Amounts and Fair Values of Derivatives (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	£ 261,606	£ 223,242
Assets	1,131	1,432
Liabilities	741	818
Derivatives held for trading:
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	39,789	42,043
Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	221,817	181,199
Designated as fair value hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	138,658	108,685
Designated as cash flow hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	83,159	72,514
Exchange rate contracts | Derivatives held for trading:
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	13,170	12,927
Exchange rate contracts | Designated as fair value hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	1,398	1,145
Exchange rate contracts | Designated as cash flow hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	20,544	21,618
Interest rate contracts | Derivatives held for trading:
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	25,892	28,351
Interest rate contracts | Designated as fair value hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	137,260	107,540
Interest rate contracts | Designated as cash flow hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	62,615	50,896
Equity and credit contracts | Derivatives held for trading:
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Notional amount	727	765
Derivative assets
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Cash collateral received subject to enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement set off against financial assets	682	472
Derivative liabilities
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Cash collateral pledged subject to enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement set off against financial liabilities	1	12
Fair value
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	1,131	1,432
Liabilities	741	818
Fair value | Derivatives held for trading:
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	558	614
Liabilities	665	820
Fair value | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	2,338	2,865
Liabilities	1,841	2,045
Fair value | Designated as fair value hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	1,141	1,304
Liabilities	489	841
Fair value | Designated as cash flow hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	1,197	1,561
Liabilities	1,352	1,204
Fair value | Exchange rate contracts | Derivatives held for trading:
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	91	92
Liabilities	97	217
Fair value | Exchange rate contracts | Designated as fair value hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	40	29
Liabilities	1	2
Fair value | Exchange rate contracts | Designated as cash flow hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	729	1,008
Liabilities	288	289
Fair value | Interest rate contracts | Derivatives held for trading:
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	326	389
Liabilities	549	583
Fair value | Interest rate contracts | Designated as fair value hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	1,101	1,275
Liabilities	488	839
Fair value | Interest rate contracts | Designated as cash flow hedges: | Derivatives held for hedging
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	468	553
Liabilities	1,064	915
Fair value | Equity and credit contracts | Derivatives held for trading:
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	141	133
Liabilities	19	20
Fair value | Derivative netting
Disclosure of detailed information about hedges
Assets	(1,765)	(2,047)
Liabilities	£ (1,765)	£ (2,047)

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments - Additional Information (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Jun. 30, 2023
Disclosure of detailed information about hedging instruments [line items]
Derivative financial assets	£ 1,131	£ 1,432
Derivative financial liabilities	741	818
Fair value
Disclosure of detailed information about hedging instruments [line items]
Derivative financial assets	1,131	1,432
Derivative financial liabilities	741	£ 818
Fair value | Group Entities
Disclosure of detailed information about hedging instruments [line items]
Derivative financial assets	484		£ 762
Derivative financial liabilities	£ 254		£ 230

XML

Other Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Other Financial Assets At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	£ 249	£ 262
Loans and advances to customers
Disclosure Of Other Financial Assets At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	44	46
Debt securities
Disclosure Of Other Financial Assets At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	165	167
Other debt instruments
Disclosure Of Other Financial Assets At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	£ 40	£ 49

XML

Loans and Advances to Customers (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Net Loans And Advances To Customers [Abstract]
Loans and advances to customers	£ 203,925	£ 208,370
Credit impairment loss allowances on loans and advances to customers	(860)	(914)
Residual value and voluntary termination provisions on finance leases	(22)	(21)
Net loans and advances to customers	£ 203,043	£ 207,435

XML

Securitisations and Covered Bonds - Disclosure of Analysis of Securitisations and Covered Bonds (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Line Items]
Notional amount	£ 261,606	£ 223,242
Assets recognised in entity's financial statements in relation to structured entities	33,189	27,927
Securitisation programmes
Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Line Items]
Assets recognised in entity's financial statements in relation to structured entities	8,159	6,047
Securitisation programmes | Mortgage-backed master trust structures
Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Line Items]
Assets recognised in entity's financial statements in relation to structured entities	7,393	5,290
Securitisation programmes | Other asset-backed securitisation structure
Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Line Items]
Assets recognised in entity's financial statements in relation to structured entities	766	757
Holmes | Securitisation programmes | Mortgage-backed master trust structures
Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Line Items]
Assets recognised in entity's financial statements in relation to structured entities	4,669	3,242
Fosse | Securitisation programmes | Mortgage-backed master trust structures
Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Line Items]
Assets recognised in entity's financial statements in relation to structured entities	2,724	2,048
Repton | Securitisation programmes | Other asset-backed securitisation structure
Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Line Items]
Assets recognised in entity's financial statements in relation to structured entities	766	757
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme | Covered bond programme
Disclosure Of Securitisations And Covered Bonds [Line Items]
Assets recognised in entity's financial statements in relation to structured entities	£ 25,030	£ 21,880

XML

Securitisations and Covered Bonds - Summary of Issuances and Redemptions of Securitisation and Covered Bond Programme (Details) £ in Millions, € in Billions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024 GBP (£)	Jun. 30, 2023 GBP (£)	Jun. 30, 2024 EUR (€)	Dec. 31, 2023 GBP (£)	Dec. 31, 2023 EUR (€)	Jun. 30, 2023 EUR (€)
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Notional amount	£ 261,606			£ 223,242
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Notional amount | €			€ 35		€ 35	€ 35
Internal
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	866	£ 1,218
Internal and external redemptions	41	35
External
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	4,849	2,800
Internal and external redemptions	1,962	1,166
Holmes | Mortgage-backed master trust structures | Internal
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	106	118
Internal and external redemptions	0	30
Holmes | Mortgage-backed master trust structures | External
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	750	750
Internal and external redemptions	0	142
Fosse | Mortgage-backed master trust structures | Internal
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	760	0
Internal and external redemptions	0	0
Fosse | Mortgage-backed master trust structures | External
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	0	0
Internal and external redemptions	0	0
Motor | Other asset-backed securitisation structure | Internal
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	0	0
Internal and external redemptions	0	0
Motor | Other asset-backed securitisation structure | External
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	0	0
Internal and external redemptions	0	7
Repton | Other asset-backed securitisation structure | Internal
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	0	0
Internal and external redemptions	0	0
Repton | Other asset-backed securitisation structure | External
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	0	550
Internal and external redemptions	0	0
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme | Covered bond programme | Internal
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	0	1,100
Internal and external redemptions	41	5
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme | Covered bond programme | External
Issuances And Redemptions Of Securitisation And Covered Bond [Line items]
Internal and external issuances	4,099	1,500
Internal and external redemptions	£ 1,962	£ 1,017

XML

Reverse Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Reserve Repurchase Agreements Non-Trading [Line Items]
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	£ 15,319	£ 12,468
Agreements with banks
Disclosure Of Reserve Repurchase Agreements Non-Trading [Line Items]
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	1,949	2,397
Agreements with customers
Disclosure Of Reserve Repurchase Agreements Non-Trading [Line Items]
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	£ 13,370	£ 10,071

XML

Other Financial Assets at Amortised Cost (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Financial Assets At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Financial assets at amortised cost	£ 1,744	£ 152
Other financial assets
Financial Assets At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Financial assets at amortised cost	1,744	152
Other financial assets | Debt securities
Financial Assets At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Financial assets at amortised cost	£ 1,744	£ 152

XML

Intangible Assets (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure of detailed information about intangible assets [line items]
Goodwill	£ 1,199	£ 1,199
Computer software
Disclosure of detailed information about intangible assets [line items]
Intangible assets other than goodwill	£ 322	£ 349

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	£ 1,494
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	1,455
Investment property	16	£ 17
Cost:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	2,760
Additions	141
Disposals	(149)
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	2,752
Accumulated depreciation:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	(1,266)
Charge for the period	89
Disposals	58
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	(1,297)
Property
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	680
Property | Cost:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	918
Additions	0
Disposals	(3)
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	915
Property | Accumulated depreciation:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	(226)
Charge for the period	11
Disposals	2
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	(235)
Office fixtures and equipment
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	212
Office fixtures and equipment | Cost:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	877
Additions	21
Disposals	(16)
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	882
Office fixtures and equipment | Accumulated depreciation:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	(653)
Charge for the period	32
Disposals	15
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	(670)
Computer software
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	0
Computer software | Cost:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	67
Additions	0
Disposals	0
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	67
Computer software | Accumulated depreciation:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	(67)
Charge for the period	0
Disposals	0
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	(67)
Operating lease assets
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	479
Operating lease assets | Cost:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	635
Additions	104
Disposals	(117)
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	622
Operating lease assets | Accumulated depreciation:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	(147)
Charge for the period	37
Disposals	41
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	(143)
Right-of-use assets
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	84
Right-of-use assets | Cost:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	263
Additions	16
Disposals	(13)
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	266
Right-of-use assets | Accumulated depreciation:
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]
Property, plant and equipment at beginning of period	(173)
Charge for the period	9
Disposals	0
Property, plant and equipment at end of period	£ (182)

XML

Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Other Financial Liabilities At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss	£ 973	£ 899
Structured Notes Programmes
Disclosure Of Other Financial Liabilities At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss	362	369
Structured deposits
Disclosure Of Other Financial Liabilities At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss	518	426
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes
Disclosure Of Other Financial Liabilities At Fair Value Through Profit Or Loss [Line Items]
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss	£ 93	£ 104

XML

Deposits by Customers (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Deposits From Customers [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	£ 184,874	£ 190,850
Demand and time deposits
Disclosure Of Deposits From Customers [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	181,468	188,004
Amounts due to other Santander UK Group Holdings plc subsidiaries
Disclosure Of Deposits From Customers [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	123	114
Amounts due to Santander UK Group Holdings plc
Disclosure Of Deposits From Customers [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	1,778	1,772
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries and joint ventures
Disclosure Of Deposits From Customers [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	1,505	960
Equity index linked deposits
Disclosure Of Deposits From Customers [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	£ 232	£ 304

XML

Deposits by Banks (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Deposits From Banks [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	£ 16,499	£ 20,332
Drawdown from TFSME	13,000	17,000
Items in the course of transmission
Disclosure Of Deposits From Banks [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	973	732
Deposits held as collateral
Disclosure Of Deposits From Banks [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	578	860
Other deposits
Disclosure Of Deposits From Banks [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	14,944	18,737
Amounts due to Santander UK subsidiaries
Disclosure Of Deposits From Banks [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	£ 4	£ 3

XML

Repurchase Agreements - Non Trading (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Repurchase Agreements [Line Items]
Repurchase agreements - non trading	£ 6,623	£ 8,411
Agreements with banks
Disclosure Of Repurchase Agreements [Line Items]
Repurchase agreements - non trading	616	551
Agreements with customers
Disclosure Of Repurchase Agreements [Line Items]
Repurchase agreements - non trading	£ 6,007	£ 7,860

XML

Debt Securities in Issue (Details) £ in Millions, € in Billions, $ in Billions	Jun. 30, 2024 GBP (£)	Jun. 30, 2024 EUR (€)	Jun. 30, 2024 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023 GBP (£)	Dec. 31, 2023 EUR (€)	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2023 EUR (€)
Debt Securities In Issue [Line Items]
Notional amount	£ 261,606			£ 223,242
Debt securities	34,053			33,910
Medium-term notes
Debt Securities In Issue [Line Items]
Debt securities	8,879			11,656
Euro €35bn Global Covered Bond Programme
Debt Securities In Issue [Line Items]
Notional amount | €		€ 35			€ 35		€ 35
Debt securities	16,896			15,000
US $20bn Commercial Paper Programmes
Debt Securities In Issue [Line Items]
Notional amount | $			$ 20			$ 20
Debt securities	2,968			2,761
Certificates of deposit
Debt Securities In Issue [Line Items]
Debt securities	1,397			1,530
Credit linked notes
Debt Securities In Issue [Line Items]
Credit linked notes	387			194
Securitisation programmes
Debt Securities In Issue [Line Items]
Debt securities	£ 3,526			£ 2,769

XML

Subordinated Liabilities - Schedule of Subordinated Liabilities (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Subordinated liabilities [abstract]
£325m Sterling preference shares, notional amount	£ 325	£ 325
£325m Sterling preference shares	343	343
Undated subordinated liabilities	205	205
Dated subordinated liabilities	1,849	1,838
Subordinated liabilities	£ 2,397	£ 2,386

XML

Subordinated Liabilities - Additional Information (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Subordinated liabilities [abstract]
Profit on repurchase of subordinated liabilities	£ 0	£ 3

XML

Provisions - Summary of Provisions Reconciliation (Details) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024 GBP (£)
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	£ 402
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	167
Provisions released (See Note 4)	(5)
Utilisation and other	(184)
Ending balance	380
Customer remediation
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	106
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	6
Provisions released (See Note 4)	0
Utilisation and other	(39)
Ending balance	73
Litigation and other regulatory
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	132
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	4
Provisions released (See Note 4)	(4)
Utilisation and other	(28)
Ending balance	104
Regulatory levies and fees
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	0
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	41
Provisions released (See Note 4)	0
Utilisation and other	(1)
Ending balance	40
Bank Levy
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	0
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	0
Provisions released (See Note 4)	0
Utilisation and other	0
Ending balance	0
Property
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	47
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	0
Provisions released (See Note 4)	(1)
Utilisation and other	(13)
Ending balance	33
ECL on undrawn facilities and guarantees
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	78
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	20
Provisions released (See Note 4)	0
Utilisation and other	0
Ending balance	98
Restructuring
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	32
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	13
Provisions released (See Note 4)	0
Utilisation and other	(27)
Ending balance	18
Other
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Beginning balance	7
Additional provisions (See Note 4)	83
Provisions released (See Note 4)	0
Utilisation and other	(76)
Ending balance	£ 14

XML

Provisions - Additional Information (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Additional provisions	£ 167
Customer remediation
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Additional provisions	6
Operational risk provisions
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Additional provisions	71	£ 87
Fraud losses
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Additional provisions	54	£ 75
Litigation and other regulatory
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Additional provisions	4
Regulatory levies and fees
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Additional provisions	41
Regulatory levies and fees | Bank of England
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]
Additional provisions	£ 37

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Summary of Retirement Benefit Plans (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Net assets (liabilities) [abstract]
Total net assets	£ 592	£ 657
Unfunded pension and post-retirement medical benefits
Net assets (liabilities) [abstract]
Surplus (deficit) in plan	(24)	(25)
Surplus | Funded defined benefit pension scheme
Net assets (liabilities) [abstract]
Surplus (deficit) in plan	622	723
Deficit | Funded defined benefit pension scheme
Net assets (liabilities) [abstract]
Surplus (deficit) in plan	£ (6)	£ (41)

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Additional Information (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Disclosure of net defined benefit liability (asset) [abstract]
Defined contribution expense	£ 40	£ 33
Defined benefit expense	£ 6	£ 16

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Summary of Amounts Recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Disclosure of net defined benefit liability (asset) [abstract]
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)	£ 634	£ 470
Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in demographic assumptions	(88)	0
Actuarial losses arising from experience adjustments	64	89
Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in financial assumptions	(451)	(399)
Pension remeasurement	£ 159	£ 160

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Summary of Net Assets Recognised (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure of net defined benefit liability (asset) [abstract]
Present value of defined benefit obligations	£ (7,725)	£ (8,201)
Fair value of scheme assets	8,317	8,858
Net defined benefit assets	£ 592	£ 657

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Summary of Principal Actuarial Assumptions Used for Defined Benefit Schemes (Details)	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure of net defined benefit liability (asset) [abstract]
Discount rate for scheme liabilities	5.20%	4.60%
General price inflation	3.10%	3.00%
General salary increase	1.00%	1.00%
Expected rate of pension increase	2.90%	3.00%
Longevity at 60 for current pensioners, on the valuation date:
Males	27 years 1 month 6 days	27 years
Females	29 years 9 months 18 days	29 years 9 months 18 days
Longevity at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40, on the valuation date:
Males	28 years 8 months 12 days	28 years 7 months 6 days
Females	31 years 4 months 24 days	31 years 3 months 18 days

XML

Retirement Benefit Plans - Summary of Actuarial Assumption Sensitivities (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023	Dec. 31, 2023
Discount rate
Disclosure of sensitivity analysis for actuarial assumptions [line items]
Percentage of reasonably possible increase in actuarial assumption	0.50%	0.50%
Description of changes in methods and assumptions	bps increase	bps increase
Increase (decrease) in defined benefit obligation	£ (460)		£ (507)
General price inflation
Disclosure of sensitivity analysis for actuarial assumptions [line items]
Percentage of reasonably possible increase in actuarial assumption	0.50%	0.50%
Description of changes in methods and assumptions	bps increase	bps increase
Increase (decrease) in defined benefit obligation	£ 348		385
Mortality
Disclosure of sensitivity analysis for actuarial assumptions [line items]
Description of changes in methods and assumptions	Each additional year of longevity assumed
Increase (decrease) in defined benefit obligation	£ 201		£ 223

XML

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments - Summary of Contingent Liabilities and Commitments (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities And Commitments [Line Items]
Guarantees and formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments	£ 37,177	£ 31,428
Contingent liability for guarantees
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities And Commitments [Line Items]
Guarantees given to third parties	420	452
Loan commitments
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities And Commitments [Line Items]
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments	£ 36,757	£ 30,976

XML

Contingent Liabilities and Commitments - Additional Information (Details) € in Thousands, £ in Millions		6 Months Ended
	Nov. 02, 2015	Jun. 30, 2024 EUR (€)	Jun. 29, 2023 GBP (£)	Oct. 21, 2022 GBP (£)
Minimum
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities And Commitments [Line Items]
Losses on litigation settlements		€ 1,000,000
Maximum
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities And Commitments [Line Items]
Santander UK liability under indemnity cap		39,850
AXA France
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities And Commitments [Line Items]
Amount claimed by other party | £			£ 552	£ 670
UK&I Banks
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities And Commitments [Line Items]
Preferred stock issued, threshold value		€ 0
Visa Europe Ltd
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities And Commitments [Line Items]
Visa Europe Ltd sale to Visa Inc	100.00%

XML

Other Equity Instruments (Details) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024 GBP (£)	Dec. 31, 2023 GBP (£)
Disclosure Of Other Equity Instruments [Line Items]
Other equity instruments	£ 1,860	£ 1,956
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities
Disclosure Of Other Equity Instruments [Line Items]
Capital securities	£ 500	£ 500
Interest rate	0.0675	0.0675
Other equity instruments	£ 0	£ 496
- £500m Perpetual Capital Securities
Disclosure Of Other Equity Instruments [Line Items]
Capital securities	£ 500	£ 500
Interest rate	0.0630	0.0630
Other equity instruments	£ 500	£ 500
- £210m Perpetual Capital Securities
Disclosure Of Other Equity Instruments [Line Items]
Capital securities	£ 210	£ 210
Interest rate	0.0425	0.0425
Other equity instruments	£ 210	£ 210
- £750m Perpetual Capital Securities
Disclosure Of Other Equity Instruments [Line Items]
Capital securities	£ 750	£ 750
Interest rate	0.0650	0.0650
Other equity instruments	£ 750	£ 750
- £400m Perpetual Capital Securities
Disclosure Of Other Equity Instruments [Line Items]
Capital securities	£ 400	£ 400
Interest rate	0.0875	0.0875
Other equity instruments	£ 400	£ 0

XML

Assets Charged as Security for Liabilities and Collateral Accepted as Security for Assets (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Assets Pledged As Security [Line Items]
Gross assets charged as security for liabilities	£ 33,189	£ 27,927
Internally retained | Securitisations and covered bonds
Disclosure Of Assets Pledged As Security [Line Items]
Notes issued under securitisation and covered bond programmes retained internally	3,753	2,928
Internally retained | Securitisations and covered bonds | Santander UK Plc
Disclosure Of Assets Pledged As Security [Line Items]
Internally retained securitisation and covered bond issuances available for creating collateral	1,637	839
Third party bilateral secured funding transactions | Securitisations and covered bonds
Disclosure Of Assets Pledged As Security [Line Items]
Financial assets pledged as collateral for liabilities or contingent liabilities	£ 1,500	£ 1,500

XML

Financial Instruments - Disclosure of Analysis of Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortised Cost (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to customers	£ 203,043	£ 207,435
Loans and advances to banks	1,040	1,080
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	15,319	12,468
Other financial assets at amortised cost	1,744	152
Deposits by customers	184,874	190,850
Deposits by banks	16,499	20,332
Repurchase agreements - non trading	6,623	8,411
Debt securities in issue	34,053	33,910
Subordinated liabilities	2,397	2,386
Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Total financial liabilities	244,446	255,889
Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Total financial assets	221,146	221,135
Deposits by customers | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	184,874	190,850
Deposits by banks | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	16,499	20,332
Repurchase agreements - non-trading | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Repurchase agreements - non trading	6,623	8,411
Debt securities in issue | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Debt securities in issue	34,053	33,910
Subordinated liabilities | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Subordinated liabilities	2,397	2,386
Loans and advances to customers | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to customers	203,043	207,435
Loans and advances to banks | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to banks	1,040	1,080
Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	15,319	12,468
Other financial assets at amortised cost | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Other financial assets at amortised cost	1,744	152
Fair value | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Total financial liabilities	244,258	255,848
Fair value | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Total financial assets	218,740	219,611
Fair value | Deposits by customers | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by customers	184,436	190,632
Fair value | Deposits by banks | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Deposits by banks	16,524	20,382
Fair value | Repurchase agreements - non-trading | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Repurchase agreements - non trading	6,626	8,413
Fair value | Debt securities in issue | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Debt securities in issue	34,059	33,621
Fair value | Subordinated liabilities | Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Subordinated liabilities	2,613	2,800
Fair value | Loans and advances to customers | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to customers	200,648	205,917
Fair value | Loans and advances to banks | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Loans and advances to banks	1,040	1,080
Fair value | Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Reverse repurchase agreements - non-trading	15,315	12,470
Fair value | Other financial assets at amortised cost | Financial assets at amortised cost
Disclosure Of Fair Values Of Financial Instruments Carried At Amortised Cost [Line Items]
Other financial assets at amortised cost	£ 1,737	£ 144

XML

Financial Instruments - Disclosure of Analysis of Fair Value of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 9,998	£ 10,175
Liabilities at fair value	1,714	1,717
Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	741	818
Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	973	899
Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	1,131	1,432
Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	249	262
Financial assets at FVOCI
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	8,618	8,481
Level 1
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	8,293	8,293
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Level 1 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Level 1 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Level 1 | Financial assets at FVOCI
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	8,293	8,293
Level 2
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	1,584	1,751
Liabilities at fair value	1,701	1,707
Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	728	808
Level 2 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	973	899
Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	1,094	1,396
Level 2 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	165	167
Level 2 | Financial assets at FVOCI
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	325	188
Level 3
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	121	131
Liabilities at fair value	13	10
Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	13	10
Level 3 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	37	36
Level 3 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	84	95
Level 3 | Financial assets at FVOCI
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Exchange rate contracts | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A	A
Liabilities at fair value	£ 386	£ 508
Exchange rate contracts | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 860	£ 1,129
Valuation technique	A	A
Exchange rate contracts | Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Exchange rate contracts | Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Exchange rate contracts | Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	386	508
Exchange rate contracts | Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	860	1,129
Exchange rate contracts | Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Exchange rate contracts | Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Interest rate contracts | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A & C	A & C
Liabilities at fair value	£ 2,101	£ 2,337
Interest rate contracts | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 1,895	£ 2,217
Valuation technique	A & C	A & C
Interest rate contracts | Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Interest rate contracts | Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Interest rate contracts | Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	2,101	2,336
Interest rate contracts | Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	1,895	2,216
Interest rate contracts | Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	1
Interest rate contracts | Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 0	£ 1
Equity and credit contracts | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	B & D	B & D
Liabilities at fair value	£ 19	£ 20
Equity and credit contracts | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 141	£ 133
Valuation technique	B & D	B & D
Equity and credit contracts | Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Equity and credit contracts | Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Equity and credit contracts | Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	6	11
Equity and credit contracts | Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	104	98
Equity and credit contracts | Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	13	9
Equity and credit contracts | Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	37	35
Netting | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	(1,765)	(2,047)
Netting | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	(1,765)	(2,047)
Netting | Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Netting | Level 1 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Netting | Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	(1,765)	(2,047)
Netting | Level 2 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	(1,765)	(2,047)
Netting | Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Netting | Level 3 | Derivative financial instruments
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Loans and advances to customers | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 44	£ 46
Valuation technique	A	A
Loans and advances to customers | Level 1 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Loans and advances to customers | Level 2 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	0	0
Loans and advances to customers | Level 3 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	44	46
Debt securities | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 205	£ 216
Valuation technique	A, B & D	A, B & D
Debt securities | Financial assets at FVOCI
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 8,618	£ 8,481
Valuation technique	D	D
Debt securities | Level 1 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Debt securities | Level 1 | Financial assets at FVOCI
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	8,293	8,293
Debt securities | Level 2 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	165	167
Debt securities | Level 2 | Financial assets at FVOCI
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	325	188
Debt securities | Level 3 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	40	49
Debt securities | Level 3 | Financial assets at FVOCI
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Assets at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Debt securities in issue | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A	A
Liabilities at fair value	£ 362	£ 369
Debt securities in issue | Level 1 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Debt securities in issue | Level 2 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	362	369
Debt securities in issue | Level 3 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Structured deposits | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	A	A
Liabilities at fair value	£ 518	£ 426
Structured deposits | Level 1 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Structured deposits | Level 2 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	518	426
Structured deposits | Level 3 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 0	£ 0
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Valuation technique	D	D
Liabilities at fair value	£ 93	£ 104
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes | Level 1 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	0	0
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes | Level 2 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	93	104
Zero Amortising Guaranteed Notes | Level 3 | Other financial liabilities at FVTPL
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurements Of Assets And Liabilities [Line Items]
Liabilities at fair value	£ 0	£ 0

XML

Financial Instruments - Additional Information (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Disclosure Of Fair Value Measurement Of Assets And Liabilities [Abstract]
Transfers out of Level 1 into Level 2 of fair value hierarchy, liabilities held at end of reporting period	£ 0	£ 0

XML

Financial Instruments - Summary of Fair Value Adjustment (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	£ 14	£ 3
Risk-related:
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	13	2
Day One profit
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	1	1
- Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments | Risk-related:
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	8	(6)
- Uncertainty | Risk-related:
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	5	6
- Credit risk adjustment | Risk-related:
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	0	1
- Funding fair value adjustment | Risk-related:
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]
Fair value adjustments	£ 0	£ 1

XML

Financial Instruments - Summary of Reconciliation of Fair Value Measurement in Level 3 of the Fair Value Hierarchy (Details) £ in Millions	6 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2024 GBP (£)
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets [line items]
Beginning balance	£ 275,448
Beginning balance	(260,825)
Ending Balance	264,188
Ending Balance	(250,045)
Level 3 | Other financial assets at FVTPL
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets [line items]
Beginning balance	95
Fair value movements	(1)
Settlements	(10)
Ending Balance	84
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	(1)
Level 3 | Financial assets at fair value
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets [line items]
Beginning balance	131
Fair value movements	5
Settlements	(15)
Ending Balance	121
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	5
Level 3 | Derivatives
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets [line items]
Beginning balance	36
Fair value movements	6
Settlements	(5)
Ending Balance	37
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	6
Derivatives | Level 3
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets [line items]
Beginning balance	(10)
Fair value movements	(4)
Settlements	1
Ending Balance	(13)
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	(4)
Financial liabilities at fair value | Level 3
Disclosure of fair value measurement of assets [line items]
Beginning balance	(10)
Fair value movements	(4)
Settlements	1
Ending Balance	(13)
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss/other comprehensive income relating to assets and liabilities held at the end of the period	£ (4)

XML

Assets Held for Sale (Details) - GBP (£) £ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disclosure Of Assets And Liabilities Classified As Held For Sale [Line Items]
Assets held for sale	£ 13	£ 13
Property, plant and equipment
Disclosure Of Assets And Liabilities Classified As Held For Sale [Line Items]
Assets held for sale	£ 13	£ 13